MGMT Ed

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACCOUNTING
Albrecht/Stice/Stice/Swain Accounting: Concepts and Applications, 9e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Baldwin/Hock The Financial Reporting Project and Readings, 4e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Bruns Accounting for Managers: Text and Cases, 3e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Gelinas/Sutton/Hunton Accounting Information Systems, 6e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Hall/Singleton Information Systems Auditing and Assurance, 2e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Hansen/Mowen Management Accounting, 7e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Owen Using QuickBooks Pro 2004 For Accounting, 3e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Perry/Schneider Building Accounting Systems Using Access 2003, 3e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Other Accounting Titles Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Hoffman/Mann/Roberts/Hirschey Management Education Track 300: Marketing Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Evans/Lindsay/Metters Management Education Track 400: Quality and Processing Management . . . . 21 Mathis/Jackson Management Education Track 500: Human Resource Management . . . . . . . . 21 Warren/Fess/Iqbal Management Education Track 600: Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Besley/Brigham/Madura/Maness/Zietlow Management Education Track 700: Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Oz Management Education Track 800: Information Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Albrecht/Carroll/Trieschmann Management Education Track 900: Corporate Control and Governance. . . . . 21 Carbaugh/Czinkota/Mann/Roberts/Rodrigues/Schaffer/Earle/Augusti Management Education Track 1000: International Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DECISION SCIENCE DECISION SCIENCES SECTION

Anderson/Sweeney/Williams EasyStat: Digitial Tutor for Microsoft Excel, Online Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Lawrence/Jennings/Reynolds Enterprise Resource Planning in Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Raturi/Evans Principles of Operations Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Schuster/Engels/Allen Raising the Bar (Code): The Value of Auto-ID Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Srinivasan Streamlined: 14 Principles for Building & Managing the Lean Supply Chain . 23 Other Decision Science Titles Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
BUSINESS BUSINESS COMM
COMMUNICATION
DuFrene/Lehman Building High-Performance Teams, 2e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Guffey Professional English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Lehman/DuFrene Business Communication, 14e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Other Business Communication Titles Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
BUSINESS LAW
BUSINESS LAW ECONOMICS ECONOMICS SECTION

Adams The E-Business Revolution & The New Economy: E-Conomics after the Dot-Com Crash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Baldani/Bradfield/Turner Mathematical Economics, 2e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Boyle/Boyle The Sum of Our Discontent: Why Numbers Make Us Irrational . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Coyle Sex, Drugs and Economics: An Unconventional Intro to Economics . . . . . . . 25 Daniels/VanHoose International Monetary and Financial Economics, 3e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 DeSerpa Economics and the Common Law: Cases and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Dnes Economics of Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Forrester The Man Who Saw the Future: William Patersons Vision of Free Trade . . . . . 26 Halcoussis Understanding Econometrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Henderson Health Economics and Policy, 3e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Hilton/Gibbons Good Business: Making Money by Making the World Better, 2e . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Hyman Public Finance: A Contemporary Application of Theory to Policy, 8e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Landsburg, Steven Price Theory and Applications, 6e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Litvin Empires of Profit: Commerce, Conquest and Corporate Responsibility . . . . . . 28 McGuigan/Moyer/Harris Managerial Economics: Applications, Strategies and Tactics, 10e . . . . . . . . . . 28 Nicholson Microeconomic Theory: Basic Principles and Extensions, 9e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Pepall/Richards/Norman Industrial Organization: Contemporary Theory and Practice, 3e. . . . . . . . . . . 29 Reinert Windows on the World Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Beatty/Samuelson Essentials of Business Law, 2e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Beatty/Samuelson Legal Environment, 2e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Bohlman/Dundas Legal, Ethical and International Environment of Business, 6e. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Halbert/Ingulli Cyberethics, 2e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Melvin Cyberlaw and E-Commerce Regulation: An Entrepreneurial Approach . . . . . . 14 Miller/Cross The Legal and E-Commerce Environment Today: Business in its Ethical, Regulatory and International Setting, 4e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Miller/Cross/Jentz Essentials of the Legal Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Schaffer/Earle/Agusti International Business Law and Its Environment, 6e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Twomey Employment Discrimination Law, 6e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Other Business Law Titles Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
CERTIFIED SECTION CERTIFICATION

Saad El-Dine Certified Self-Assessment: Concepts and Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Thomson South-Western NASD Exam for Series 6: Preparation Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 NASD Stockbroker Series 7 Exam: Preparation Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Certified Business Manager Exam Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Certified MBA Exam Prep Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Tabbush/Trueman/Levine/Opler MBA Primer Online Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Flynn/Mathis/Jackson/Langan Human Resources and Healthcare Management Online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Daft/Gido/Clements/Mann/Roberts/Hirschey/Anderson/Williams Management Education Track 100: General Management and Organization . 20 Fogarty/Blackstone/Hoffmann/Metters/Monczka Management Education Track 200: Operations Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
To order: 1-800-354-9706
Visit http://snapshot.swlearning.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Rukstad Macroeconomic Decision Making in the World Economy, 4e . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Steinemann/Brown/Apgar Microeconomics for Public Decisions, 2e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Strathern A Brief History of Economic Genius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Vietor Globalization and Development: Cases in National Economic Strategies, 2e . 31 Wetzstein Microeconomic Theory: Concepts and Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Zestos European Monetary Integration: The Euro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Other Economics Titles Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Bratton/Grint/Nelson Organizational Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Cellich/Jain Global Business Negotiations: A Practical Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Cullen/Parboteeah Multinational Management: A Strategic Approach, 3e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Cummings/Worley Organization Development and Change, 8e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Czinkota/Ronkainen/Moffett International Business, 7e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Daft The Leadership Experience, 3e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 de Wit/Meyer Strategy Synthesis: Resolving Strategy Paradoxes to Create Competitive Advantage, 3e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Dowling/Welch International Human Resource Management: Managing People in a Multinational Context, 4e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Dumler/Skinner A Primer for Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Gopinath/Siciliano Strategize! Experiential Exercises in Strategic Management, 2e . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Greiner/Olson/Poulfelt Casebook for the Handbook of Management Consulting, The Contemporary Consultant: Insights from Leading Experts. . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Greiner/Poulfelt Handbook of Management Consulting: The Contemporary Consultant: Insights from World Experts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Harrison/St. John Foundations of Strategic Management, 3e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Hellriegel/Jackson/Slocum Management: A Competency-Based Approach, 10e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Hill World Business: Globalization, Strategy and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Hitt/Ireland/Ireland/Hoskisson, Robert Strategic Management: Competitiveness and Globalization, Concepts and Cases, 6e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Strategic Management: Competitiveness and Globalization, Concepts, 6e . . . 47 Strategic Management: Competitiveness and Globalization, Cases, 6e . . . . . . 47 Holley/Wolters The Labor Relations Process, 8e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Hornsby/Kuratko Frontline HR: A Guide for the Emerging Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Ivancevich/Lidwell Guidelines for Excellence: The Managers Digest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Jackson The Escher Cycle: Self-Reinforcing Business Advantage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Mathis/Jackson Human Resource Management: Essential Perspectives, 3e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 McAlpine Triumph from Failure: Lessons from Life for Business Success. . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Murphy International Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Nkomo/Fottler/McAfee Applications in Human Resource Management: Cases, Exercises, and Skill Builders, 5e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Potoker Managing Diverse Working Styles: The Leadership Competitive Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Saee Managing Organizations in a Global Economy: An Intercultural Perspective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Taft Growing Your Business Globally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Wagner Weick Out of Context: A Creative Approach to Strategic Management . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Wagner/Hollenbeck Organizational Behavior: Securing Competitive Advantage, 5e . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Williams Management, 3e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Yorks Strategic Human Resource Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Zachary/Kuzuhara Organizational Behavior: Integrated Models and Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Other Management Titles Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
FINANCE FINANCE SECTION

Besley/Brigham Essentials of Managerial Finance with Thomson ONE, 13e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Boone/Kurtz/Hearth Tax Update of Planning Your Financial Future, 3e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Brigham/Ehrhardt Financial Management: Theory and Practice with Thomson ONE, 11e. . . . . . 33 Brigham/Klein Finance Online Case Library 2005, 2e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Chancello Capital Account: A Fund Manager Reports on a Turbulent Decade (1993-2002) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Dussault/Dussault Price Trends and Investment Probabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Gardner/Mills/Cooperman Managing Financial Institutions, 5e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Gitman/Joehnk Personal Financial Planning, 10e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Gup The New Basel Capital Accord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Hyman The Power of Global Capital: New International Rules-New Global Risks . . . . 35 Kleeburg Initial Public Offerings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Kochan The Washing Machine: How Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing Soils Us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Lasher Practical Financial Management with Thomson ONE, 4e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Maness/Zietlow Short-Term Financial Management, 3e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 McKee Earnings Management: An Executive Perspective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Moyer/McGuigan/Rao Contemporary Financial Management Fundamentals with Thomson One . . . 37 Seitz/Ellison Capital Budgeting and Long-Term Financing Decisions, 4e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Shim The Financial Troubleshooter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Strong Derivatives: An Introduction, 2e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Taleb Fooled by Randomness: The Hidden Role of Chance in Life and in the Markets, Second Edition, 2e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Trieschmann/Hoyt/Sommer Risk Management and Insurance, 12e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Other Finance Titles Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT SECTION

Aldag/Kuzuhara Mastering Management Skills: A Managers Toolkit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Ancona/Kochan/Scully/Van Maanen/Westney Managing for the Future: Organizational Behavior and Processes, 3e . . . . . . . 41 Baron/Shane Entrepreneurship: A Process Perspective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Bowen Building High-Tech Product Companies: The Maelstrom Effect . . . . . . . . . . . 42
http://www.swlearning.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MARKETING MARKETING SECTION

Anderson/Trinkle Outsourcing the Sales Function: The Real Costs of Field Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Block/Block Business to Business Marketing Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Bueschken Higher Profits Through Customer Lock-In: A Roadmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Churchill/Iacobucci Marketing Research: Methodological Foundations, 9e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Czinkot/Ronkainen/Donath Mastering Global Markets: Strategies For Todays Trade Globalist . . . . . . . . . . 56 Czinkota/Ronkainen/Illka The Export Marketing Imperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Dunne/Lusch Retailing, 5e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Ferrell/Hartline Marketing Strategy, 3e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Hellman/Hellman/Burst The Customer Learning Curve: Creating Profits from Marketing Chaos . . . . . 57 Hoffman/Czinkota Marketing Principles and Best Practices, 3e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Jones/Stevens/Chonko Selling ASAP: Art, Science, Agility, Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Marconi Public Relations: The Complete Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Obermayer Managing Sales Leads: Turning Cold Prospects into Hot Customers . . . . . . . . 59 Rosenwald Accountable Marketing: The Economics of Data-Driven Marketing . . . . . . . . 59 Samli Entering & Succeeding in Emerging Countries: Marketing to the Forgotten Majority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Samli Up Against the Retail Giants: Targeting Weakness - Gaining an Edge . . . . . . . 59 Schultz/Schultz Brand Babble: Sense and Nonsense About Branding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Vibert Competitive Intelligence: A Framework for Web-based Analysis and Decision Making. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Other Marketing Titles Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REAL ESTATE REAL ESTATE SECTION

Miller/Geltner Real Estate Principles for the New Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Swanepoel/Dooley Real Estate Confronts the Future. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Other Real Estate Titles Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
TAXATION TAXATION SECTION

Murphy/Higgins Concepts in Federal Taxation 2005, 12e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Hoffman/Smith/Willis Wests Federal Taxation 2005: Individual Income Taxes, 28e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Hoffman/Raabe/Smith/Maloney Wests Federal Taxation 2005: Corporations, Partnerships, Estates and Trusts, 28e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Smith/Raabe/Maloney/Willis West Federal Taxation 2005: Business Entities, 8e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Raabe/Willis/Maloney/Smith West Federal Taxation 2005: Advanced Entities, 2e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Willis/Hoffman/Maloney/Raabe Wests Federal Taxation 2005: Comprehensive, 28e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Other Taxation Titles Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
INDEX
Title Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 How To Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
To order: 1-800-354-9706
ACCOUNTING: CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 9E

Copyright 2005
Supplements
Instructor Resource CD-ROM Financial Instructors Manual Financial Instructors Manual Managerial Instructors Resource CD-ROM Managerial P.A.S.S. CD-ROM P.A.S.S. Network Version Personal Trainer Access Card Personal Trainer Financial Access Card Financial Personal Trainer Access Card Managerial Personal Trainer Online Purchase Personal Trainer Online Purchase Financial Personal Trainer Online Purchase Managerial Solutions Manual Financial Solutions Manual Managerial Solutions Transparencies Financial Solutions Transparencies Managerial Study Guide Financial Study Guide Managerial Teaching Transparencies Financial Teaching Transparencies Managerial Test Bank Financial Test Bank Managerial WebTutor Advantage on Blackboard Financial WebTutor Advantage on Blackboard Managerial WebTutor Advantage on WebCT WebTutor Toolbox on Blackboard WebTutor Toolbox on WebCT Working Papers Financial Working Papers Managerial Xtra! CD-ROM Xtra! CD-ROM Financial Xtra! CD-ROM Managerial 0-324-20672-0 0-324-20692-5 0-324-20693-3 0-324-20688-7 0-324-20678-X 0-324-29052-7 0-324-20667-4 0-324-20670-4 0-324-20686-0 0-324-20668-2 0-324-20671-2 0-324-20687-9 0-324-20709-3 0-324-20710-7 0-324-20696-8 0-324-20697-6 0-324-20679-8 0-324-20682-8 0-324-20698-4 0-324-20708-5 0-324-20694-1 0-324-20695-X 0-324-20666-6 0-324-20685-2 0-324-20665-8 0-324-22385-4 0-324-22381-1 0-324-20680-1 0-324-20681-X 0-324-20677-1 0-324-20675-5 0-324-20673-9
Albrecht, W. Steve
ACCOUNTING
Brigham Young University
Stice, James
Stice, Earl
Swain, Monte
Brigham Young University 0-324-18756-4 (1,264 pages, Hardbound)
http://albrecht.swlearning.com Accounting is about decision making using financial information. The focus of this text is on developing within learners the ability to critically analyze accounting information and make informed business decisions. Learners are exposed to real-world examples where they can see the effect that accounting information has on the decisions made by real companies. Chapters are split into basic and expanded material so that the professor can easily cover the basics of a topic or, if he or she prefers, delve deeper into a selected topic. Finally, analysis is incorporated throughout the text so that learners can learn to use accounting information as they learn how that information is prepared. * Judgment Calls - You Decide - These new end-of-chapter exercises have been added to promote critical thinking and analytical skills, skills necessary in this new accounting environment. * Comprehensive Case Sunbird Boat Company This is a comprehensive case that presents and integrates operating budgets and variance analysis and runs through Chapters 19, 20 and 21. * Real Company Financial Statements: An enhanced integration of real company financial statements and real-world examples in every chapter gives students a clear picture of how to use accounting information. Microsoft continues as the flagship company for this edition. * Competency Enhancement Opportunities (CEO) The CEO section, found in the end of chapter materials, has students doing Deciphering Financial Statement exercises based on actual company annual reports. CEO also includes: international cases, ethics cases, writing assignments, to be completed individually or in group debates, a cumulative spreadsheet project, and Internet search exercises. * Setting The Stage: An interesting, real-life scenario sets the stage for each chapter. These scenarios tie directly to materials covered in the chapter and help students relate chapter topics to actual business happenings. * Business Environment Essay: This feature, written by the authors, enables students to see how the accounting topics they are studying are applied and interpreted in real-world situations-this is very helpful for future business managers. * Focus on Global Economy: To help students develop this global perspective, many international examples are provided throughout the text. In addition, there is at least one International Case provided at the end of each chapter.
THE FINANCIAL REPORTING PROJECT AND READINGS, 4E

Copyright 2005
Baldwin, Bruce
Arizona State University West
Hock, Clayton
Miami University 0-324-30204-5 (160 pages, Softbound)
Baldwin requires learners to obtain and analyze live financial statements from publicly-traded firms. Accounting textbooks often use uncomplicated, make believe examples that isolate specific issues to illustrate a specific point. The result is that learners do not learn that real financial statements do not always appear as neat and tidy as those in textbook examples. * Writing Assignments: Most assignments require students to compose 50 word or 100 word responses to questions about the information that they have obtained. This requires learners to think carefully about what they want to say before they start writing. * Internet Links to On-Line Financial Information: Baldwin provides students with an explanation of how to obtain financial statement (and other) information from the Internet. * Flexible Format: Baldwin can supplement any financial accounting course whether or not a SWCP text is used. * Team or Individual Based Learning: The projects can be used for either team or individual based learning environment. The instructors manual provides many useful tips for collaborative learning.
Table of Contents
PART 1: FINANCIAL REPORTING AND THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE. PART 2: OPERATING ACTIVITIES. PART 3: INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES. PART 4: OTHER DIMENSIONS OF FINANCIAL REPORTING. PART 5: FOUNDATIONS. PART 6. PLANNING. PART 7. CONTROL. PART 8. EVALUATION.
For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.
Table of Contents
SECTION ONE. 1-A: Choosing a Company (for Individual students). 1-B: Organizing Your Group (for student Teams). 1-C: Obtaining Financial Statements. SECTION TWO. 2: Basic Company Information. SECTION THREE. 3. The Economic, Social, Legal and Political Environment. SECTION FOUR. 4-A. Industry Information (for Individual students). 4-B. Industry Information (for student Teams). SECTION FIVE. 5. Initial Review of Annual Report and Financial Statements. SECTION SIX. 6. The SEC 10-K Report and Proxy Statement. SECTION SEVEN. 7. The Accounting Profession. SECTION EIGHT. 8. The Income Statement. SECTION NINE. 9. Current Assets and Current Liabilities. SECTION TEN. 10. Long-Term Assets. SECTION ELEVEN. 11. Long-Term Liabilities. SECTION TWELVE. 12. Stockholders_ Equity. SECTION THIRTEEN. 13. Segment Information. SECTION FOURTEEN. 14: The Cash Flow Statement. SECTION FIFTEEN. 15: Capstone Project.
ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS, 6E

Copyright 2005
Gelinas, Ulric J.
Bentley College
ACCOUNTING
Sutton, Steve
The University of Connecticut
Hunton, Jim
Bentley College 0-324-22098-7 (550pages, Hardbound)
Supplements
Instructors Manual 0-324-30205-3
http://gelinas.swlearning.com The text focuses on providing skills necessary for a foundation in enterprise risk managementparticularly as these risks pertain to information systems and relevant business processes. Fundamental to an enterprise risk management orientation, from an information systems perspective, are the underlying enterprise systems, e-business systems, and controls for maintaining these systems. * New: Great Plains Dynamics Exercises: A module containing exercises using Great Plains ERP software provides students complete activities using a real ERP software system. * The Wheel: This feature pulls concepts together by symbolizing how any weakness in a wheel affects the structure and integrity of the whole wheel, which in AIS consists of 6 components: An enterprise database, database controls, database views, business processes, process controls and pervasive controls. * Systems Design and Implementation is now covered in a separate supplement available with the text. Included within this supplement is the major addition of the Accountants Software Library, which is identical to the software used in practice to facilitate a businesss selection of off-the-shelf software. * Real-world Vignettes: Now opening each chapter these vignettes describe actual situations in the business world, focusing student attention on the real-world applications and relevance of accounting information systems. * Icons highlight discussions on ERP, Electronic Commerce and Internal Controls throughout the text. These three topics, which are critical to accounting information systems, are now easier to identify and follow. Students are better able to see the importance of these topics and their impact on the growing field of accounting information systems. * Electronic Commerce Integrated Throughout: Sections on electronic commerce are integrated throughout the text as appropriate, giving students a solid understanding of the impact of ecommerce on AIS. Chapter 6 is devoted exclusively to this important topic, and Chapters 10, 11, and 12 provide additional coverage. * Coverage of New Internal Control Framework: Coverage of internal control now includes the new control framework Control Objectives for Information and Related Technology (COBIT) from the Information Systems Audit and Control Association (ISACA). * Data-Flow Diagrams: Gelinas/Suttons excellent data-flow diagrams help students visualize the flow of information in an accounting information system. The diagrams help students understand WHAT must happen before they learn HOW functions are performed. * Integration of Technology: The impact of technology on the operation and control of AIS is integrated throughout.
ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERS: TEXT AND CASES, 3E

Copyright 2005
Bruns, William J.
Harvard Business School 0-324-29121-3 (800pages, Hardbound)
http://www.swlearning.com Accounting For Managers does not ask the student to know everything an accountant would know, it does introduce them to the terminology, forms, and formats of financial statements and accounting analysis and illustrations used by accountants. This highly touted text, using the Harvard Case Method, will prepare you to deal with the current and future developments that face accountants and managers in situations where complex financial events and status must be communicated. * Two new sections on Managerial Accounting have been added (Part 4.- Cost Concepts and Analysis, and, Part 6. - Analysis for Capital Investment Decisions) * An emphasis on financial reporting from a user-perspective. * Case studies are used as the major learning tool. This enables students to experience second-level learning (about companies and industries), in addition to learning how to solve problems and provide information to managers and external parties.
Table of Contents
PART I: AN OVERVIEW OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL REPORTING. PART TWO: HOW ACCOUNTANTS MEASURE AND REPORT. PART THREE: MANAGING FINANCIAL REPORTING. PART FOUR: COST CONCEPTS AND ANALYSIS. PART FIVE: PRODUCT COSTING AND AN INTRODUCTION TO COST MANAGEMENT. PART SIX: ANALYSIS FOR CAPITAL INVESTMENT DECISIONS. PART SEVEN: MEASUREMENTS FOR MANAGEMENT CONTROL. REVIEW CASES.
Supplements
Table of Contents
Part I. Understanding Information Systems 1. Introduction to Accounting Information Systems 2. Enterprise Systems 3. Electronic Business (E-Business) Systems Part II. Organizing and Managing Information 4. System Documentation 5. Database Management Systems 6. Relational Databases Part III. Enterprise Risk Management 7. Internal Control Concepts 8. Information System Risks 9. Information System Controls Part IV. Business Processes 10. The Order Entry/Sales (OE/S) Process 11. The Billing/Accounts Receivable/Cash Receipts (B/AR/CR) Process 12. The Purchasing Process 13. The Accounts Payable/Cash Disbursement (AP/CD) Process 14. The Human Resources Process (HR) 15. Integrated Production Processes( IPP) Part V. Creating Value 16. General Ledger and Business Reporting
To order: 1-800-354-9706
Supplements
System Design and Implementation Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM w/ ExamView Test Bank 0-324-22106-1 0-324-22101-0 0-324-22102-9 0-324-22104-5
MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING, 7E
Copyright 2005
Hansen, Don
Oklahoma State University
ACCOUNTING
Mowen, Maryanne
Oklahoma State University 0-324-23484-8 (896 pages, Hardbound)
INFORMATION SYSTEMS AUDITING AND ASSURANCE, 2E

Copyright 2005
http://hansen.swlearning.com Management Accounting, 7e integrates coverage of both functional-based management topics (such as job-order and process costing) and activitybased management topics (such as strategic cost analysis, activity-based tactical decision making, productivity measurement and control, quality cost management, theory of constraints, process value analysis and international topics). This approach emphasizes that changing conditions often require a change in cost management systems. * E-Commerce: A new section on e-commerce has been added to Chapter 1 to give students an overview of the impact of e-commerce on management accounting issues. * Least Squares Regression Manual Computation Added: Manual computation of regression coefficients is added in Chapter 3 to help students understand the technical and theoretical concepts underlying ordinary least squares analysis. * Budgeting Coverage Simplified: A new and simpler example is used throughout Chapter 8 to illustrate the budgeting concepts. * ABC Costing Coverage expanded: Coverage of JIT material is moved to Chapter 19 and coverage of activity-based supplier costing is added. The chapter now has a much stronger activity-based costing focus. * International Coverage: To emphasize the importance of international issues, 7e provides a full chapter on this topic (Chapter 14) as well as examples integrated throughout the text. * Integrated Coverage of Contemporary and Traditional Topics New costing techniques (ABC, JIT) are introduced alongside more traditional topics such as product costing. This helps students see the advantages and disadvantages of a traditional or ABC cost management system. * Real World Chapter Opening Cases Cases at the beginning of each chapter focus on real-world situations and companies. These show how a company addressed an issue raised within the text and show students the relevance of what they are learning early on. * On-Line Tutorials: Students may access chapter-by-chapter tutorials (at the Hansen/Mowen homepage (http://hansen.swcollege.com) that reinforce key concepts within the sixth edition. The tutorials provide instant feedback, providing an explanation as to the correct and incorrect answer (and why the wrong answer is wrong!)
Hall, James
Lehigh University
Singleton, Tommie
University of Alabama - Birmigham 0-324-19198-7 (450pages, Softbound)
http://hall.swlearning.com Information Systems Auditing is an innovative and cutting edge product, which provides students an understanding of how to audit accounting information systems, including such new and expanded coverage of enterprise systems, fraud and fraud detection topics as continuous online auditing. Its organization and its integration of ACL software within the package ensure a solid background in traditional auditing as well as in the auditing of accounting information systems. The combination of text and software create a double learning environment in which students will gain a true understanding of how these audits take place in the real world. * ACL Fraud and Auditing Cases. Due to popular demand for increased integration of ACL software into the text, weve added ACL cases written by the authors so students can apply the concepts in the book using the ACL software! * ACL Tutorials. Written by the authors, these how to tutorials make it easier for students to understand how to use and what capabilities ACL software has so they can get up and running with ACL fast! * Completely Updated. The second edition has been rigorously updated to include SAS 94, 99, and the COSO standards. * Chapter-Ending Projects. Selected chapters now conclude with cases on disaster recovery, fraud, security, emerging technologies, ERP, and XBRL. * ACL Software. This is THE leading data extraction CAATT software and student version is included FREE in every new copy of the book! Text data files to support expanded integration of ACL cases and tutorials is also included on the ACL software CD Rom. * Computer Aided Audit Tools and Techniques (CAATTs) are used in todays most cutting edge,modern organizations. These are discussed and illustrated in an easy to understand manner for the student. * Computer Control Issues and their impact on both operational efficiency and the auditors attest responsibility are dealt with thoroughly in this edition.
Table of Contents
PART I: COST ACCUMULATION AND PRODUCT COSTING. PART II: PLANNING AND CONTROL. PART III: MANAGERIAL DECISION-MAKING.
Table of Contents
1. Auditing, Assurance, and Internal Control 2. Computer Operations 3. Data Management Systems 4. Systems Development and Maintenance Activities 5. Electronic Commerce Systems 6. Enterprise Systems 7. Computer Assisted Audit Tools and Techniques 8. CAATTs for Data Extraction and Analysis 9. Auditing the Revenue Cycle 10. Auditing the Expenditure Cycle 11. Fraud 12. Fraud Detection
Supplements
ExamView Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM Personal Trainer Personal Trainer Online Purchase Code Solutions Manual 0-324-19201-0 Solutions Transparencies Student Spreadsheet Template Study Guide Test Bank WebTutor Advantage on Blackboard WebTutor Advantage on WebCT 0-324-23490-2 0-324-23492-9 0-324-23493-7 0-324-23483-X 0-324-23588-7 0-324-23482-1 0-324-23485-6 0-324-23489-9 0-324-23488-0 0-324-23486-4 0-324-23494-5 0-324-23495-3
Supplements
Solutions Manual
USING QUICKBOOKS PRO 2004 FOR ACCOUNTING, 3E

Copyright 2005
* Increased Coverage of REA Modeling: In order for students to best understand and utilize REA Modeling, coverage on this framework has been expanded. * Reorganized End-of-Chapter Material: Students will comprehend and retain the material better due to the sound arrangement of multiple choice questions, practice problems and exercises, and discussion questions. * Online Tutorials: Internet based tutorials provide students with instant feedback and help them master key concepts. Tutorials are available at the Perry/Schneider Web site http://perry.swlearning.com.
Owen, Glenn
Allan Hancock College 0-324-22372-2 (272 pages, Softbound)
ACCOUNTING
http://owen.swlearning.com Using QuickBooksTM Pro 2004 For Accounting is the first book of its kind to provide a self-paced environment where students use a commercially available software product to analyze, interpret, and investigate accounting information to make business decisions. This workbook helps students learn fundamental accounting concepts and principles through the use of QuickBooks software and the analysis of business events. Continuing, realistic accounting cases and hands-on applications move students a jump ahead in the pursuit of understanding accounting. * Statement and Cash Flow Coverage: By using the 2004 software, students will have an increased understanding of the Statement of Cash Flow. * Testing materials: On the Instructors Resource portion of the texts support Web site, new testing materials will be available for instructors to test their students skills at key points throughout the text. * Excel Spreadsheets: Integrating Excel spreadsheets into QuickBooks is made simple with the softwares import option. * Helpful Trouble Feature: Integrated throughout each chapter, likely mistakes and problems are addressed, facilitating independent learning and enabling students to recover quickly and continue with their analysis of business events.
Table of Contents
1. Working with Windows 2. Introduction to Microsoft Access 3. Databases and Accounting Systems 4. Tables and Queries 5. Access Forms and Reports 6. Revenue Cycle 7. Purchase Cycle 8. Payroll Cycle 9. Production Cycle 10. Automating Database Procedures
Supplements
Instructors Resource CD-ROM 0-324-30203-7
OTHER ACCOUNTING TITLES AVAILABLE FROM THOMSON SOUTH-WESTERN.

Visit the Product SnapShots at http://snapshot.swlearning.com for more information.
The E-Business Revolution & The New Economy: Economics after the Dot-Com Crash Adams, F. Gerard, Northeastern University ISBN: 0-324-27151-4 Copyright 2004 Forensic Accounting Albrecht, W. Steve, Brigham Young University Albrecht, Conan C., Brigham Young University ISBN: 0-324-16296-0 Copyright 2003 Financial Accounting, Masters Edition Antle, Rick, Yale University Garstka, Stanley J., Yale University ISBN: 0-324-27044-5 Copyright 2003 Financial Accounting with Masters QEPC, 2E Antle, Rick, Yale University Garstka, Stanley, Yale University ISBN: 0-324-27044-5 Copyright 2004 Financial Accounting, 2E Antle, Rick, Yale University Garstka, Stanley, Yale University ISBN: 0-324-18075-6 Copyright 2004 Management Decisions and Financial Accounting Reports, 2E Baginski, Stephen, The University of Georgia Hassell, John, Indiana University/Purdue University at Indianapolis ISBN: 0-324-18824-2 Copyright 2004 Cost Accounting: Traditions and Innovations, 4E Barfield, Jesse T., Loyola University - New Orleans Raiborn, Cecily A., Loyola University - New Orleans Kinney, Michael R., Texas A&M University ISBN: 0-324-18090-X Copyright 2003 Business & Professional Ethics for Accountants, 3E Brooks, Leonard J., University of Toronto ISBN: 0-324-20066-8 Copyright 2004 Generally Accepted Auditing Standards Dauber, Nicky, Queens College, New York ISBN: 0-324-27147-6 Copyright 2004
Table of Contents
1. Getting Started with QuickBooks. Session 1. An Interactive Tour of QuickBooks. Session 2. Preparing a Balance Sheet Using QuickBooks. Session 3. Preparing an Income Statement Using QuickBooks. Session 4. Preparing a Statement of Cash Flows Using QuickBooks Session 5. Creating Supporting Reports to Help Make Business Decisions. 2. Setting Up Your Businesss Accounting System. 3. Cash-Oriented Business Activities. 4. Additional Business Activities. 5. Adjusting Entries. 6. Budgeting. 7. Reporting Business Activities. Appendix. Debits and Credits.
Supplements
Instructors Manual with CD-ROM 0-324-29142-6
BUILDING ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS USING ACCESS 2003, 3E

Copyright 2005
Perry, James
University of San Diego
Schneider, Gary
University of San Diego 0-324-20740-9 (550 pages, Softbound)
http://perry.swlearning.com Building Accounting Systems Using Access 2003 gives students the unique opportunity to perform a central role in ensuring that the accounting systems they use, audit, and help design will deliver timely, accurate, and complete information. Valuable hands-on experience reinforces accounting system principles while promoting accounting efficiency and transparency that managers and decision-makers expect. This text is a powerful tool that you can give your students to help them bring accounting systems into a focused perspective. * Introduction to Database Theory: This text presents a solid introduction to database theory, and incorporates thorough discussions of normalization and entity-relationship modeling. To order: 1-800-354-9706
Business Processes and Information Technology Gelinas, Ulric J., Bentley College Sutton, Steve, Oklahoma State University Fedorowicz, Jane, Bentley College ISBN: 0-324-00878-3 Copyright 2004
Interactive Cases In Financial Analysis CD-ROM Pratt, Jamie, Indiana University, Bloomington Ramesh, Krishnamoorthy, Charles River Associates, Inc. Foster, David, Interactive Academics ISBN: 0-538-86739-6 Copyright 2000 International Accounting: A User Perspective, 2E Saudagaran, Shahrokh, Oklahoma State University ISBN: 0-324-18620-7 Copyright 2004 Cases In Cost Management: A Strategic Emphasis, 2E Shank, John K., Amos Tuck School/Dartmouth College ISBN: 0-324-06269-9 Copyright 2001 Manual of Accounting Reports, Formats, and Designs Siegel, Joel G., Queens College Shim, Jae K., California State University, Long Beach ISBN: 0-538-72679-2 Copyright 2003 Financial Accounting: Reporting and Analysis, 6E Stice, Earl Kay, Brigham Young University Stice, James, Brigham Young University Diamond, Michael, University of Southern California ISBN: 0-324-14999-9 Copyright 2003 Financial Reporting & Statement Analysis: A Strategic Approach, 5E Stickney, Clyde, Dartmouth College Brown, Paul, New York University Wahlen, James, Indiana University ISBN: 0-324-18638-X Copyright 2004 Financial Accounting: An Introduction to Concepts, Methods, and Uses, 10E Stickney, Clyde P., Dartmouth College Weil, Roman L., University of Chicago ISBN: 0-324-18351-8 Copyright 2003 Ethics in the Post-Enron Age Stuart, Iris, California State University, Fullerton Stuart, Bruce, California State University, Fullerton ISBN: 0-324-19193-6 Copyright 2004 Financial Reporting and Statement Analysis, 5E Wahlen, James M., Indiana University Stickney, Clyde P,. Dartmouth College Brown, Paul, New York University ISBN: 0-324-18638-X Copyright 2004 Survey of Accounting, 2E Warren, Carl, University of Georgia ISBN: 0-324-18344-5 Copyright 2004 INTACCT: Financial, Managerial, and Intermediate Accounting Tutorials Weil, Dasaratha, Texas A&M International University ISBN: 0-324-05581-1 Copyright 2000 I
ACCOUNTING
Financial Reporting and Analysis: Using Financial Accounting Information, 9E Gibson, Charles, The University of Toledo ISBN: 0-324-18643-6 Copyright 2004 Accounting Information Systems, 4E Hall, James, Lehigh University ISBN: 0-324-19202-9 Copyright 2004 Financial Accounting: A Bridge to Decision Making, 5E Ingram, Robert W., University of Alabama Albright, Thomas, University of Alabama Baldwin, Bruce, Arizona State University West ISBN: 0-324-18398-4 Copyright 2004 Financial Accounting: Information for Decisions, 5E Ingram, Robert W., University of Alabama Albright, Thomas, University of Alabama Baldwin, Bruce, Arizona State University West ISBN: 0-324-18397-6 Copyright 2004 Managerial Accounting: Information for Decisions, 3E Ingram, Robert W., University of Alabama Albright, Thomas, University of Alabama Hill, John, Indiana University ISBN: 0-324-15988-9 Copyright 2003 Introduction to Online Accounting, Tax and Financial Research Benjamin Group, Santa Barbara, California Klopper, Susan M., Contributing Editor, Goizueta Business School Library ISBN: 0-324-20314-4 Copyright 2004 Auditing: Assurance and Risk, 2E Knechel, W. Robert, University of Florida ISBN: 0-324-02213-1 Copyright 2001 Auditing: A Risk Analysis Approach, 5E Konrath, Larry F.,University of Toledo ISBN: 0-324-05789-X Copyright 2002 Managerial Accounting, 10E Louderback, Joseph G., Clemson University ISBN: 0-324-11863-5 Copyright 2003 Managerial Accounting: An Introduction to Concepts, Methods and Uses, 8E Maher, Michael W.,University of California - Davis Stickney, Clyde P., Dartmouth College Weil, Roman L., University of Chicago ISBN: 0-324-18563-4 Copyright 2004 Business Analysis and Valuation Text and Cases, 3E Palepu, Krishna G., Harvard University ISBN: 0-324-11894-5 Cases Copyright 2004 ISBN: 0-324-20252-0 Texts Copyright 2004 Using Access 2002 in Accounting Perry, James T., University of San Diego Schneider, Gary P., University of San Diego ISBN: 0-324-19034-4 Copyright 2003 Financial Accounting: The Impact on Decision Makers, 4E Porter, Gary, University of St. ThomasSt. Paul, MN Norton, Curtis, Northern Illinois University ISBN: 0-324-18568-5 Copyright 2004
BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
BUILDING HIGH-PERFORMANCE TEAMS, 2E
Copyright 2005
* Career Preparation: Comprehensive treatment of english grammar, mechanics, usage and reference resources provide students more exposure to situations they might face in the work place. * Hotline Queries: This popular feature, retained from previous editions, provides authentic questions as well as suggested answers that illustrate everyday communication problems encountered in the workplace. * Self-Checks: Pretests, post-tests, self-check exercises, and unit reviews provide students many opportunities to test their skills and reinforce the concepts they are learning. * Self-Help Exercises: 65 pages of Self-Help Practice Exercises at the end of the book provide opportunities for self-guided practice. Solutions are included for immediate student reference. * Web Editors Challenge: This Web-based feature contains business documents filled with errors for students to revise. Students enjoy this exercise because they are only required to make corrections rather than re-keying the entire document. In addition to building spelling and grammar skills, this feature familiarizes students with document formats.
DuFrene, Debbie
Stephen F. Austin State University
Lehman, Carol M.
Mississippi State University 0-324-27259-6 (96 pages, Softbound)
In school and later as business professionals, students will be asked to join teams. These may be permanent, high-powered, self-managed work teams or special-purpose groups that meet only long enough to tackle a specific problem. No matter what the team situation, this text helps students build the vital skills to maximize individual contribution, understand team roles, overcome conflict, negotiate solutions, evaluate outcomes, and think creatively. This guided process is a productive team experience that yields high-performance results - results that can be replicated in team settings in the workplace. * Systematic Development: The text begins by focusing student attention on general concepts of team activity, such as roles, responsibilities, goal setting, problem solving, synergy, negotiation, and performance appraisal. * Project Format: The handbook provides five projects to guide the student through the team-building process. * Project 1, Understanding Team Development, introduces the stages of team building, along with general concepts of team activity. Each of the four subsequent projects focus on one of the following stages: Forming, Storming, Norming, and Performing. * Team Forms: Sample team documents and worksheets are included to facilitate effective team development within student teams.
Table of Contents
UNIT I. LAYING A FOUNDATION. UNIT II. KNOWING THE NAMERS. UNIT III: SHOWING THE ACTION. UNIT IV: MODIFYING AND CONNECTING WORDS. UNIT VI: WRITING WITH STYLE. APPENDIXES. A. Developing Spelling Skills. B. Developing Vocabulary Skills. C. Reference Guide to Document Formats.
Supplements
Annotated Instructors Edition, Professional English ExamView Testing Software Instructors Resource CD-ROM Odd-Numbered Reinforcement Activity Solutions Reinforcement Activity Solutions Transparency Acetates WebTutor Advantage on Blackboard WebTutor Advantage on WebCT 0-324-22376-5 0-324-22347-1 0-324-22348-X 0-324-22352-8 0-324-22351-X 0-324-22350-1 0-324-30173-1 0-324-30172-3
Table of Contents
1. Understanding Team Development 2. Team Development Stage 1: Forming 3. Team Development Stage 2: Storming 4. Team Development Stage 3: Norming 5. Team Development Stage 4: Performing
BUSINESS COMMUNICATION , 14E

Copyright 2005
PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH
Copyright 2005
Lehman, Carol M.
Mississippi State University
Guffey, Mary
Los Angeles Pierce College 0-324-22334-X (528 pages, Softbound)
DuFrene, Debbie
Stephen F. Austin State University 0-324-27270-7 (704 pages, Softbound)
http://www.westwords.com/guffey/students.html
In todays information economy and digital workplace students need to have even stronger communication and computer skills. Professional English provides a comprehensive review of English grammar fundamentals and usage that will help students become more effective communicators. * Skill Maximizers: These exercises provide extra practice in challenging language areas to help build career competence. * Hotline Reviews: This feature provides a special exercise that allows students to try out their skills. * Ms. Grammar: This electronic study guide will be provided with each new book on Xtra!. * Three-Level Approach: This approach breaks complex topics into small, manageable segments, which gives instructors the flexibility to tailor the pace and coverage of their course around student abilities.
While continuing a strong tradition of sound writing principles and abundant model documents, this new edition of Business Communication integrates spoken, electronic, and written communication situations and strategiesthe way communication actually occurs in a dynamic workplace. The digital age demands that our students communicate expertly through an everexpanding number of communication optionsfrom traditional paper documents to e-mail, instant messaging, web communications, voice and wireless technologies, and whatever technology evolves next. Youll see this integrated business strategy applied throughout the text. * Cases: All new video cases and challenging Internet-based cases are provided for every chapter. These cases allow students to learn about key concepts through real companies experiences. * Electronic Cafe: The Electronic Caf combines four important technology applications into one creative section of the end-ofchapter. This new end-of-chapter element is an attempt to help instructors (a) understand that technology involves more than e-mail and internet activities and (b) require students to use the texts excellent electronic supplements.
To order: 1-800-354-9706
* Professional Power Pak CD-ROM: The Professional Power Pak CD also ships with each copy of the text and provides students with supplemental resources to promote success during the course and as they enter the workplace. * Exceptional Instructor Resources: In conjunction with the comprehensive instructor ancillary package, the instructor web site also provides valuable online resources to enhance instruction in both distance and traditional classrooms. * Contemporary Strategic Approach: This edition integrates the coverage of legal and ethical issues, diversity, teams, and technology as prevailing forces in business communication. This model helps students better understand the interrelationship of these business communication forces while analyzing business communication situations and designing effective spoken, written, and electronic messages.
Advanced Business Communication, 5E Penrose, Jr., John, M. San Diego State University Rasberry, Robert W., Southern Methodist University Myers, Robert J., Baruch College, City University of New York ISBN: 0-324-20008-0 Copyright 2004 Business Communication for Managers: An Advanced Approach, 5E Penrose, John, San Diego State University Rasberry, Robert, Southern Methodist University Myers, Robert, Baruch College, City University of New York ISBN: 0-324-20008-0 Copyright 2004 Professional Communication: The Corporate Insiders Approach to Business Communication Plung, Daniel, University of South Carolina Montgomery, Tracy, Idaho State University ISBN: 0-324-27038-0 Copyright 2004 Employment Strategies for Career Success Rasberry, Robert, Southern Methodist University ISBN: 0-324-20005-6 Copyright 2004 Organizational Communication Zaremba, Alan, Northeastern University ISBN: 0-324-15865-3 Copyright 2003 I
Table of Contents
PART I. COMMUNICATION FOUNDATIONS. PART II. COMMUNICATION ANALYSIS. PART III. COMMUNICATING THROUGH VOICE, ELECTRONIC AND WRITTEN MESSAGES. PART IV. COMMUNICATION THROUGH REPORTS AND BUSINESS PRESENTATIONS. PART V. COMMUNICATION FOR EMPLOYMENT. APPENDICES. A. Document Format and Layout Guides. B. Referencing Styles. C. Language Review and Exercises. D. Grading Symbols and Proofreaders Marks.
Supplements
Building High-Performance Teams Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM Product Support Web Site Test Bank Transparency Acetates WebTutor Advantage on Blackboard WebTutor Advantage on WebCT WebTutor ToolBox for Blackboard WebTutor ToolBox for WebCT 0-324-27259-6 0-324-22137-1 0-324-27261-8 0-324-27262-6 0-324-27257-X 0-324-27258-8 0-324-27263-4 0-324-27264-2 0-534-27489-7 0-534-27488-9
OTHER BUSINESS COMMUNICATION TITLES AVAILABLE FROM THOMSON SOUTH-WESTERN.

The Business Communicator: An Interactive CD-ROM Series Netzley, Michael, Carlson School of Management, University of Minnesota ISBN: 0-324-02234-4 Copyright 2000 Business Communication: A Framework for Success OHair, Dan, University of Oklahoma ORourke, James, Notre Dame University OHair, Mary John, University of Oklahoma ISBN: 0-324-07350-X Copyright 2001 Managerial Communication Series ORourke, James, Notre Dame University ISBN: 0-324-15253-1 Copyright 2004 The Business Communication Casebook: A Notre Dame Collection ORourke, James, Notre Dame University ISBN: 0-324-14795-3 Copyright 2002
10
BUSINESS LAW
ESSENTIALS OF BUSINESS LAW, 2E
Copyright 2005
LEGAL ENVIRONMENT, 2E
Copyright 2005
Beatty, Jeffrey
Boston University
BUSINESS LAW
Samuelson, Susan
Boston University 0-324-20628-3 (840 pages, Hardbound)
Beatty, Jeffrey
Boston University
Samuelson, Susan
Boston University 0-324-20636-4 (1,064 pages, Softbound)
http://beatty.westbuslaw.com A focus on human conflict makes the book sparkle. No other text conveys such a passion for this exciting and profoundly important discipline. This comprehensive text meets all AACSB curriculum standards. * Law and Economics: This new feature applies economic theory and analysis to business law issues, providing a fresh approach to the rationale behind the law. * Role Reversal: Appearing at the end-of-chapter practice test section, this feature asks students to write their own test questions. Instructors can use for class discussion or real exam questions. Preface explains the use of this unique feature. * Emphasis on Cyberlaw: Chapter 20, Cyberlaw, examines the new developments and issues emerging in business law due to the advances in technology and the Internet. References to cyberlaw issues and topics, integrated throughout the text, are also identified by icons. Examples include the employers rights to read employees email and regulation of encryption technology. * Internet Focus: Web site addresses are referenced throughout the text and Internet problems are integrated at the end of every chapter. * Online Quizzes: The texts Web site includes interactive, online quizzes to help students prepare for exams and test their knowledge. * You Be The Judge: These case scenarios build critical thinking skills by presenting both sides of an argument to the student. * Newsworthy: Excerpts from business journals illustrate the concepts being discussed. * At Risk: Following the credo that the best lawsuit is the one that never happens, throughout this text the authors point out how to avoid legal disputes. * Ethics: Ethical questions regarding a particular case or legal issue are presented in this feature to encourage discussion.
http://beatty.westbuslaw.com No other text conveys such a passion for this exciting and profoundly important discipline. While more brief than the traditional business law text, it provides solid coverage of the core topics, especially contracts. This one-semester, paperback meets all AACSB curriculum standards. * Role Reversal: Appearing at the end-of-chapter practice test section, asks students to write their own test questions. * Law and Economics: Feature shows how economic analysis applies to business law issues. * Emphasis on contracts: Though an essentials text, this book features the full presentation of contracts, so there is no sacrificing any of the coverage typical in a business law course. * Emphasis on Cyberlaw: Chapter 32, Cyberlaw, examines the new developments and issues emerging in business law due to the advances in technology and the Internet. * Internet Focus: Web site addresses are referenced throughout the text and Internet problems are integrated at the end of every chapter. * Online Quizzes: The texts Web site includes interactive, online quizzes to help students prepare for exams and test their knowledge. * You Be The Judge: These case scenarios build critical thinking skills by presenting both sides of an argument to the student. * Newsworthy: Excerpts from business journals illustrate the concepts being discussed. * At Risk: Following the credo that the best lawsuit is the one that never happens, throughout the text the authors point out how to avoid legal disputes. * Ethics: Ethical questions regarding a particular case or legal issue are presented to encourage discussion. * CPA Preparation: Current coverage of the UCC, other statutes, and case law plus AICPA end-of-chapter questions provide all-in-one preparation for the CPA exam.
Table of Contents
UNIT 1: THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT. UNIT 2: CONTRACTS AND THE UCC. UNIT 3: AGENCY AND EMPLOYMENT. UNIT 4: BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS. UNIT 5: GOVERNMENT REGULATION AND PROPERTY.
Table of Contents
UNIT 1: INTRODUCTION. UNIT 2: CONTRACTS. UNIT 3: COMMERCIAL TRANSACTIONS. UNIT 4: EMPLOYMENT, BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS, AND PROPERTY.
Supplements
ExamView Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides 0-324-20632-1 0-324-20630-5 0-324-20635-6 0-324-20633-X 0-324-20629-1 0-324-20631-3 0-324-30251-7 0-324-30250-9
Supplements
Instructors Manual Study Guide Test Bank 0-324-20638-0 0-324-20637-2 0-324-20639-9
Study Guide Test Bank WebTutor on Blackboard WebTutor on WebCT
To order: 1-800-354-9706
11
LEGAL, ETHICAL AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS, 6E

Copyright 2005
CYBERETHICS, 2E
Copyright 2005
Halbert, Terry
Temple University
BUSINESS LAW
Bohlman, Herbert M.
Arizona State University
Ingulli, Elaine
Richard A. Stockton College of New Jersey 0-324-26105-5 (276 pages, Softbound)
Dundas, Mary Jane

Arizona State University 0-324-26979-X (972 pages, Hardbound)
http://bohlman.westbuslaw.com This legal environment text offers balanced coverage of private law and public law. To illustrate the legal points covered, the authors have integrated cases in the language of the court into each chapter. Strong ethical coverage helps students understand the need for responsible decisions. * Practical Tips: Each chapter concludes with a feature titled Practical Tips that presents factual situations that a businessperson may typically confront on the job. Each feature concludes with a checklist of dos and donts related to that situation (preventive law). * Coverage of Contracts: To make the coverage of contracts more clear for students, all material relating to the UCC is now in chapter 11, Sales Law and Product Liability. * Ethics Model: Introduced in Chapter 2, Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility, an ethics model helps students work through ethical issues in each chapter. For easy reference, the ethics model is also on the inside front cover of the text. * Fictitious Business Example: Utilized throughout the text, a fictitious business Artiste Login is used to illustrate how legal issues impact business. Instructors can build problems, current issues and critical thinking around this business. * Cyberlaw: Coverage of cyberlaw is integrated throughout the text as appropriate. Also a feature, CyberLaw, discusses specific legal topics involving the Web. * Legal Highlights: These features appear throughout each chapter and provide the student with practical advice about recent legal issues. * International Considerations: Found at the end of the chapter, international considerations highlight the international aspects of the chapters subject matter. This feature offers legal insights involving global transactions and business relationships. * Internet Case Problems: Each chapter concludes with a brief section Using the World Wide Web discussing the World
This unique textbook provides a framework for discussing ethical dilemmas related to todays computer technology and the Internet. Each chapter begins with a case study, based on an actual legal or business scenario. Interdisciplinary readings, questions, and exercises, written and Internet, help students develop a more complete understanding of the material. This book is appropriate for Business Law, Information Systems, Management, and Ethics course areas. It could also be used in any course covering ethics, as a supplement covering ethics in the online world. * Topical coverage: New topics cover issues of vital interest to todays students: surveillance technology (Ch 2), cybersmearing (Ch 3), Antispam and E-mediation (Ch 4), plagiarism and the limits of theft law (Ch 5), and the digital divide (Ch 6). * Revised Ethics Cases: Every chapter starts with a pertinent new or updated ethics case, containing such issues as genetic testing, online pills, knowledge sharing in the 21st century, and hacking and cracking.
* Cases: Current cases, such as Napster, Microsoft , notHarvard.com, are used to present complex ethical issues related to intellectual property, copyright, privacy, gambling, virus attacks, cyberstalking, and other topics relevant to the Internet.
* Readings: Interdisciplinary readings, including issues such as genetic testing, online pharmacies, hacking and cracking, surveillance and counter terrorism, and counterspamming, provide real-world issues.
Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Intellectual Property & Cyberspace. I. Ethics Case: Napster. II. Intellectual Property Law. III. Perspectives on Napster. IV. Ethical Analysis. V. Cyberspace: New World, New Law? VI. Chapter Problems. Chapter 2: Privacy & Information Technology. I. Ethics Case: Genetic Testing in 2007. II. Surveillance at Work. III. The Value of Privacy. IV. Counterterrorism: Security vs. Privacy. V. Privacy & Transparency. VI. Privacy for Online Consumers. VII. Privacy in Medical Information. VIII. Chapter Problems. Chapter 3: Cyberspeech. I. Ethics Case: Big Libel. II. Freedom of Expression. III. Cybersmearing. IV. Anonymity Online. V. Building in Restrictions: Filters, Editors and Netiquette. VI. Cyberspeaking About Race and Gender. VII. Cybernorms. VIII. Chapter Problems. Chapter 4: E-Commerce. I. Ethics Case: Online Pills.com. II. Direct-to-Consumer Sales Online. III. Trust in Cyberspace. IV. Dot-cons & Cyberswindles: Fraud in Cyberspace. V. Online Tobacco Sales. VI. Click-Wrap Licenses and the UTICA Debate. VII. EMediation. VIII. Chapter Problems. Chapter 5: E-Learning and the Business of Education. I. Ethics Case: Sharing or Cheating?. II. Academic Honesty in Cyberspace. III. Distance Learning. IV. The Digital Divide. V. Business & Education in Cyberspace: A Healthy Partnership?. VI. Another Glance at the Internet: Student Use or Abuse? VII. Chapter Problems. Chapter 6: Democracy, The Market and Cyberspace. I. Ethics Case: Whos in Charge? Hacking and Cracking Open Source Software. II. Governing in Cyberspace. III. The Digital Divide. IV. Democracy and the Internet. V. Chapter Problems.
Table of Contents
UNIT 1: INTRODUCTION. UNIT 2: BUSINESS AND PRIVATE LAW. UNIT 3: BUSINESS FORMATION. UNIT 4: BUSINESS AND GOVERNMENT REGULATION.
Supplements
Answers to Questions and Case Problems ExamView Instructors Manual PowerPoint Presentation Slides Study Guide Test Bank Transparency acetates 0-324-22122-3 0-324-26992-7 0-324-26987-0 0-324-23281-0 0-324-26986-2 0-324-26988-9 0-324-26991-9
CYBERLAW AND E-COMMERCE REGULATION: AN ENTREPRENEURIAL APPROACH

Copyright 2005
Melvin, Sean
University of Waterloo, Ontario 0-324-17579-5 (500 pages, Softbound)
http://www.melvin.westbuslaw.com This text covers not only the fundamentals of cyber law and e-commerce regulation in a global business context, but also the impact of the law on the technology sector firm itself. It may also fit into an entrepreneurs course or the
12
MBA market. For cyberlaw courses that are not aimed at entrepreneurs, this books life cycle organization teaches the law in terms of the life of a business. * Entrepreneurs Checklist: Checklists directly relate the issues within the chapter to the responsibilities of an entrepreneur, including legal steps they must take and choices that they must make in their own business. * Critical Legal Analysis: This learning aid combines several pedagogical tools into one place so that students understand how to analyze cases. * Emerging Trends in CyberLaw: These boxes inform students of issues that on the cutting edge of CyberLaw today. * Concept Summary: Concept summary boxes summarize the important points within the flow of the text, and can be used to refresh students memories when studying. * Ethics Discussion Point: Boxed feature discusses ethical considerations within the context of Cyberlaw. * Global Perspectives in Cyberlaw: Every chapter contains a short section that relates the content of the chapter to broader international issues. * End of chapter material: Every chapter concludes with Key Terms and Review Exercises and Questions. These can be used to quiz students or assigned as homework.
* Case Problem with Sample Answer: At the end of each chapter, one case problem titled Case Problem with Sample Answer, is included. * Special emphasis on Landmark Cases: Landmark and classic cases are set off with a special heading, helping students understand the value of these cases in todays world. * E-commerce and cyberlaw coverage: The text includes material on jurisdictional issues in cyberspace, an updated discussion of intellectual property rights in the online environment, sections discussing online securities offerings and online securities fraud, more on privacy rights in the employment context, and an entire chapter on e-contracts. * Online Legal Research Guide: Each new copy of the text is shrinkwrapped with a copy of the Online Legal Research Guide, which guides the students in using the Internet for legal research and now includes an appendix on how to evaluate information obtained from the Internet. * Inside the Legal Environment: This feature emphasizes managerial issues, offering practical and instructive examples applied to realworld business situations. * Legal E-nvironment: Included in most chapters, this feature explores how traditional legal concepts or newly enacted laws apply to specific real-world disputes relating to online transactions. * International Perspectives: This feature gives students an awareness of the global legal environment, approached from a managerial perspective, indicating how international laws or the laws of other nations deal with specific legal topics discussed in the text.
BUSINESS LAW
Table of Contents
UNIT ONE: Cyber Entrepreneurs, E-commerce and the Law. UNIT TWO: Intellectual Property Law. UNIT THREE: Legal Issues in Operation, Management and Wind-Up of E-commerce Firms. UNIT FOUR: Human Resources and other Government Regulation.
Table of Contents
Unit 1: THE FOUNDATIONS. Unit 2: THE PUBLIC ENVIRONMENT. Unit 3THE PRIVATE ENVIRONMENT. Unit 4: THE EMPLOYMENT ENVIRONMENT. Unit 5: THE REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT. Unit 6: THE INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENT. Appendices.
Supplements
Instructors Manual and Test Bank 0-324-23363-9
Supplements
Answers to Questions and Case Problems Course Planning Guide 0-324-27067-4 0-324-27066-6 0-324-27065-8 0-324-27061-5 0-324-27062-3 0-324-27063-1 0-324-27071-2 0-324-27073-9 0-324-27060-7 0-324-27069-0 0-324-27058-5 0-324-27064-X 0-324-27070-4 0-324-23236-5 0-324-23235-7
THE LEGAL AND E-COMMERCE ENVIRONMENT TODAY: BUSINESS IN ITS ETHICAL, REGULATORY AND INTERNATIONAL SETTING, 4E
Copyright 2005
ExamView Handbook On Landmark Cases and Selected Statutes Handbook on Critical Thinking and Writing Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM Interactive CD-ROM Personal Law Handbook PowerPoint Presentation Slides Study Guide Test Bank Transparency Acetates WebTutor Advantage on Blackboard WebTutor Advantage on WebCT
Miller, Roger
Institute for University Studies, Arlington, Texas
Cross, Frank
University of Texas, Austin 0-324-27057-7 (800 pages, Softbound)
http://leet.westbuslaw.com This book is specifically designed as a business oriented legal environment text. The basic philosophy behind the book allows for a look and feel of texts students are more familiar with (business books) as opposed to an overly legal looking text. * Emphasis on the managerial perspective: Along with addressing important ethical issues that impact business, Inside the Legal Environment provides analysis from an interdisciplinary approach emphasizing accounting, business law, and management disciplines. * Improved Presentation of Ethics and Corporate Accountability: Chapter 2, Ethics and Social Responsibility has been completely rewritten and now present a more practical, real-world approach to ethical issues in the legal environment, including a case study of the Enron Corporation and the consequences for that firm resulting from its unethical actions. Also, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is discussed in chapter 2 and again in chapter 23, Investor Protection and Online Securities Offerings, in the context of securities transactions.
ESSENTIALS OF THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT

Copyright 2005
Miller, Roger
Institute for University Studies, Arlington, Texas
Cross, Frank B.
Herbert D. Kelleher Centennial Professor in Business Law, University of Texas at Austin
Jentz, Gaylord
Herbert D. Kelleher Emeritus Professor in Business Law, University of Texas at Austin 0-324-20365-9 (750 pages, Softbound)
http://ele.westbuslaw.com
To order: 1-800-354-9706
13
BUSINESS LAW
This text is for those instructors who are looking for a brief, less expensive, paperback legal environment text that includes longer cases. It is based on the best-selling legal environment text, Wests Legal Environment of Business. This text targets the freshman/sophomore courses rather than senior/MBA courses. * Solid Coverage of Ethics: Along with chapter 2,Ethics and Business Decision Making, coverage of ethics is integrated throughout the text through the Ethical Issues feature. This feature opens with a question addressing an ethical dimension of the topic under discussion. * Contemporary Legal Debates: This feature, integrated throughout the text, introduces students to a controversial issue currently under debate within the legal community. Each feature concludes with a Where Do You Stand section, asking students to identify his or her position on the issue. * Emerging Trends: This feature, integrated throughout the text, examines new developments in the legal environment and the potential effect on businesspersons. * Online Legal Research Guide: Each new copy of the text is shrinkwrapped with a copy of the Online Legal Research Guide, which guides the students in using the Internet for legal research and now includes an appendix on how to evaluate information obtained from the Internet. * Legal Research Exercises: Each chapter concludes with a Law on the Web section that provides the student with URLs that they can visit to learn more about the topics covered in the chapter.
* Comparative Law: Expanded chapter coverage includes discussion of comparative issues. * Exports: Chapter 5 covers governmental efforts to expand export trade capacity. * US Foreign Policy: Expanded coverage of US policy with Cuba and China is explored. * Export Subsidies: Chapter 9 discussion includes US export subsidies and battles about steel and genetically-engineered foods. * Antitrust: With increased sensitivity for expanding markets, chapter 14 includes expanded coverage of antitrust issues.
Table of Contents
PART I: THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS. PART II: INTERNATIONAL SALES, CREDITS, AND THE COMMERCIAL TRANSACTION. PART III: INTERNATIONAL AND U.S. TRADE LAW. PART IV: REGULATION OF THE INTERNATIONAL MARKETPLACE.
Supplements
Instructors Manual with Test Bank PowerPoint Presentation Slides 0-324-26103-9 0-324-26104-7
EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION LAW, 6E

Copyright 2005
Table of Contents
UNIT 1: THE FOUNDATIONS. UNIT 2: THE PUBLIC AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENT. UNIT 3: THE COMMERCIAL ENVIRONMENT. UNIT 4: THE EMPLOYMENT ENVIRONMENT. UNIT 5: THE REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT. APPENDICES.
Twomey, David
Boston College 0-324-27130-1 (368 pages, Softbound)
http://twomey.westbuslaw.com
0-324-22263-7 0-324-22265-3 0-324-22262-9 0-324-22264-5
Supplements
Answer Manual ExamView Instructors Manual Test Bank
This text is specifically designed to provide management students with a concise guide to employment discrimination and related laws. The content raises awareness of issues in the workplace and enables future business managers to provide the informed leadership necessary for a discrimination-and-harassment-free working environment. * Case Update- Ragsdale: Discussion by Supreme Court involving notice requirements under the Family and Medical Leave Act.
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS LAW AND ITS ENVIRONMENT, 6E

Copyright 2005
* ADA Update: Recent Supreme Court decisions on the Americans with Disabilities Act. * Procedure: Text on the numerous procedural issues addressed by the Supreme Court involving Title VII plaintiffs end ERISA decisions. * Employee/Independent Contractor: Discussion of factors that apply in determining when individuals rights are employees who are covered under the NLRA versus when they are unprotected independent contractors.
Schaffer, Richard
Professor Emeritus, Appalachian State University
Earle, Beverley
Bentley College
Agusti, Filiberto
Esq., Steptoe & Johnson, Attorneys at Law 0-324-26102-0 (768 pages, Hardbound)
Table of Contents
1. Discrimination Laws: Protected Classes Under Title VII and the Constitution 2. Procedures and Remedies 3. Pay Equity; Age Discrimination 4. Disability Discrimination Laws-Workers Compensation, SSDI and the ADA-Medical Leaves 5. Employment Relationships: Contractual and Tort Theories 6. Employee Privacy Topics 7. Wage and Hour Law-Closings and UnemploymentForeign Workers. APP. A. Excerpts from Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 as Amended by the Equal Employment Opportunity Act of 1972 APP. B. Excerpts from Civil Rights Act of 1991. APP. C. Excerpts from the EEOCs Uniform Guidelines on Employee Section Procedures (1978). APP. D Excerpts from the EEOCs Guidance on Vicarious Employer Liability for Harassment by Supervisors (1999). APP. E. Excerpts from Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. APP. F. Excerpts from the EEOCs ADA Enforcement Guidance: Preemployment Disability-Related Questions and Medical Examinations. APP. G. Excerpts from the EEOCs Enforcement Guidance: Workers Compensation and the ADA.
http://schaffer.westbuslaw.com The text uses a thematic approach to managing the risks of trade in goods and services, the protection and licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment. * Security: New material on the effects of 9/11 center on trade, terrorism and security. * World Trade developments: Coverage of the UN, WTO, and the EU has been increased. * Intellectual Property Global Coverage: Expanded coverage of IP issues explore e-commerce regulation/taxation, patents/trademarks/copyrights, TRIPS, WIPO exposing students to this important global issue.
Supplements
Instructors Manual 0-324-27131-X
14
OTHER BUSINESS LAW TITLES AVAILABLE FROM THOMSON SOUTH-WESTERN.

Survivors Guide to the Legal Environment Adamson, John E., Springfield, Missouri ISBN: 0-538-72523-0 Copyright 2002 Managers and The Legal Environment: Strategies for the 21st Century, 4E Bagley, Constance E., Harvard Business School ISBN: 0-324-06187-0 Copyright 2002 The Legal and Regulatory Environment of e-Business: Law for the Converging Economy Bagby, John W., Pennsylvania State University McCarty, F. William, Western Michigan University ISBN: 0-324-11079-0 Copyright 2003 Business Law and The Legal Environment, 3E Beatty, Jeffrey, Boston University Samuelson, Susan, Boston University ISBN: 0-324-15287-6 Copyright 2004 Introduction to Online Legal, Regulatory & Intellectual Property Research Benjamin Group, Santa Barbara, California Tyburski, Genie , Contributing Editor; Web Manager, The Virtual Chase ISBN: 0-324-20315-2 Copyright 2004 Legal Aspects of Managing Technology, 3E Burgunder, Lee, California Polytechnic, San Luis Obispo ISBN: 0-324-15370-8 Copyright 2004 Wests Legal Environment of Business with Online Research Guide, 5E Cross, Frank, University of Texas, Austin Miller, Roger, Institute for University Studies, Arlington, Texas ISBN: 0-324-15465-8 Copyright 2004 Cyberlaw Text and Cases, 2E Ferrera, Gerald, Bentley College Lichtenstein, Stephen, Bentley College Bird, Robert, Seton Hall University Schiano, William, Bentley College Reder, Margo, Boston College ISBN: 0-324-16488-2 Copyright 2004 The Legal, Ethical and Regulatory Environment of Business, 8E Fisher, Bruce D., University of Tennessee Phillips, Michael J., Indiana University ISBN: 0-324-15474-7 Copyright 2004 Business: Its Legal, Ethical, and Global Environment, 6E Jennings, Marianne M., Arizona State University ISBN: 0-324-16485-8 Copyright 2003 Smith and Robersons Business Law, 12E Mann, Richard A., The University of North Carolina,Chapel Hill Roberts, Barry S., The University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill ISBN: 0-324-12184-9 Copyright 2003 Legal Environment of Business, 7E Meiners, Roger E., University of Texas, Arlington Ringleb, Al H., Executive Director, Consortium of Universities for International Business Studies ISBN: 0-324-12151-2 Copyright 2003
Law for E-Commerce Miller, Roger LeRoy, Institute for University Studies, Arlington, Texas Jentz, Gaylord A., University of Texas at Austin, Emeritus ISBN: 0-324-12279-9 Copyright 2002 Wests Business Law: A Case Study Approach Miller, Roger LeRoy, Institute for University Studies, Arlington, Texas Jentz, Gaylord A., University of Texas at Austin, Emeritus Cross, Frank B., University of Texas, Austin ISBN: 0-324-16096-8 Copyright 2003 I
BUSINESS LAW
To order: 1-800-354-9706
15
CERTIFICATION
CERTIFIED SELF-ASSESSMENT: CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS
Saad El-Dine, Dani
Internal Audit Manager of the American University of Beirut, Lebanon 0-324-22601-2 (256 pages, Softbound)
CERTIFIED BUSINESS MANAGER EXAM PREPARATION

Thomson South-Western
http://cbm.swlearning.com Designed with flexibility in mind, each guide can be used either in a self-study or group-study environment. Third-party review course providers such as professional associations, universities, and private organizations can also use this series to ensure examination success for exam candidates. Developed by the best minds in the business management field, this series is a compilation of information from subject matter experts (SMEs) who are highly trained and experienced in the business management field. The goal of the CBM program is to help business specialists become business generalists. In doing so, the business manager is empowered as a true professional with the CBM credential. CBM designates will learn the skills necessary to become proficient business managers in the global business arena being able to: * Understand basic accounting principles that apply across all business specialties. * Demonstrate and employ marketing strategies and principles that change the way customers view products and services. * Use human resource practices to make good hiring decisions and to continually educate and motivate employees. * Understand the laws that affect business, from patents to foreign trade to employee management.
CERTIFICATION
This practical guide delivers theory and practice for control self-assessment (CSA) and can serve as an authoritative reference for professionals or companies implementing or planning to implement control self-assessment. Supported by numerous examples and case illustrations, readers will benefit from the theory review and practical applications. In addition, the book can also be used for preparation for the Certification in Control Self-Assessment (CCSA) exam.
Table of Contents
About the Author Preface Certification Overview Certification Content Areas Outline Domain 1: CSA Fundamentals Sample Questions Answers Key to Sample Questions Domain 2: CSA Program Integration Sample Questions Answers key to Sample Questions Domain 3: Elements of the CSA process Sample Questions Answers Key to Sample Questions Domain 4: Business Objectives and Org Performance Sample Questions Answers Key to Sample Questions Domain 5: Risk Identification and Assessment Sample Questions Answers Key to Sample Questions Domain 6: Control Theory and Application Sample Questions Answers Key to Sample Questions
NASD EXAM FOR SERIES 6: PREPARATION GUIDE

0-324-18696-7 (640 pages, Softbound)
CBM EXAM PREPARATION GUIDE, PART 1, VOL. 1: THEORY FOR CORE AREAS
0-324-27157-3 (1,152 pages, Softbound)
Built on a highly-proven test-prep model, this new guide fully prepares the user to pass the Series 6 Exam as well as understand the four critical areas of a registered representative. Unlike other test-prep materials available, this guide is structured exactly how the Series 6 Exam is organized leading to increased success in passing the exam.
Table of Contents
1. General Management and Organization. 2. Operations Management. 3. Marketing Management. 4. Quality and Process Management. 5. Human Resources Management. Subject Index.
Table of Contents
1. Securities and Markets: Investment Risks and Policies. 2. Investment Companies, Taxation and Customer Accounts. 3. Variable Contracts and Retirement Plans. 4. Security Industry Regulations. Series 6: Practice Exam #1. Series 6: Practice Exam #2. Glossary. Index. Appendix: Answer Keys.
CBM EXAM PREPARATION GUIDE, PART 1, VOL. 2: PRACTICE FOR CORE AREAS
0-324-27328-2 (560 pages, Softbound)
NASD STOCKBROKER SERIES 7 EXAM: PREPARATION GUIDE

0-324-18695-9 (532 pages, Softbound)
Table of Contents
1. General Management and Organization 2. Operations Management 3. Marketing Management 4. Quality and Process Management 5. Human Resources Management Subject Index
Built on a highly proven test-prep model, this new guide fully prepares users to pass the Series 7 Exam as well as excel in the seven critical functions of a registered representative. Unlike other test-prep materials available, this guide is structured around the seven critical functions of the registered representative exactly how the Series 7 Exam is organized leading to increased success in passing the exam. Exam Preparation book withDrill & Practice CD-ROM also available (0-324-22444-3).
CBM EXAM PREPARATION GUIDE, PART 1, VOL. 1 AND 2, ONLINE VERSION

Available online at http://cbm.swlearning.com
Table of Contents
1. Seeking Business for the Broker-Dealer. 2. Evaluating Customers Needs and Investment Objectives. 3. Providing Customers with Investment Information. 4. Managing Customer Accounts and Records. 5. Explaining Various Securities Markets. 6. Processing a Customers Instructions. 7. Monitoring a Customers Portfolio. Series 7: Securities Practice Exam #1. Series 7: Securities Practice Exam #2. Glossary. Index. Appendix 1: Answer Keys.
16
CBM EXAM PREPARATION GUIDE, PART 2, VOL. 3: THEORY FOR FUNCTIONAL AREAS
0-324-27327-4 (1,120 pages, Softbound)
Table of Contents
Module 100 Accounting Module 200 Finance Module 300 Information Technology Module 400 Corporate Control and Governance Module 500 International Business
18. Financial Management Analysis. 19. International Trade and Financing Analysis. 20. Project Management Analysis. 21. Economic Analysis. 22. Cash-Flow Analysis. 23. Fraud Analysis. 24. Quality Analysis. 25. Sensitivity and Scenario Analysis. 26. Divisional Performance Analysis. 27. Organizational and General Management Analysis. 28. Human Resource Management Analysis. 29. Logistics Analysis. 30. Product Management Analysis. 31. Sales Analysis. 32. Risk Analysis. 33. Decision Analysis. 34. Operating Budget Analysis. 35. Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis. 36. New Product Analysis. 37. Customer Analysis. 38. Statistical Analysis. 39. Productivity Analysis. 40. Competitive Analysis. Blank Answer Sheet
CERTIFICATION
CBM EXAM PREPARATION GUIDE, PART 2, VOL. 4: PRACTICE FOR FUNCTIONAL AREAS
0-324-27326-6 (428 pages, Softbound)

Table of Contents
1. Accounting. 2. Finance. 3. Information Technology. 4. Corporate Control and Governance. 5. International Business. Blank Answer Sheet.
MASTER BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

CERTIFIED MBA EXAM PREP GUIDE

0-324-20239-3
(452 pages, Softbound)
http://www.certifiedmba.com Developed by the best subject matter experts in the business field, South-Westerns Certified MBA Exam Prep Guide delivers nearly 1,700 highly-targeted practice exam questions aligned directly with the objectives for the 10 key subject areas covered in the actual CMBA Exam: Financial Accounting, Management Accounting, Quantitative Analysis, Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, Finance, Marketing Management, Operations Management, Organizational Behavior and Strategy. These subject areas reflect the four core curriculum areas required across all accredited MBA programs. Complete with answers and test-taking tips, the CMBA Exam Prep Guide also provides study inventories to measure understanding, as well as lists of additional resources all designed to help fully prepare for success on the CMBA Exam.
CBM EXAM PREPARATION GUIDE, PART 3, VOL. 5: THEORY FOR INTEGRATED AREAS
0-324-20011-0 (441 pages, Softbound)
Table of Contents
1. Management Analysis. 2. Market Management Analysis. 4. Supply Chain Management Analysis. 5. Pricing Analysis. 6. Capital Budget Analysis. 7. Mergers, Acquisitions, and Business Valuation Analysis. 8. Production Planning Analysis. 9. Process Analysis. 10. Advertising Analysis. 11. Manufacturing Management Analysis. 12. Value Analysis. 13. Manufacturing Operations Analysis. 14. Retail Management Analysis. 15. Service Management Analysis. 16. Cost Analysis. 17. Corporate Performance Analysis. 18. Financial Management Analysis. 19. International Trade and Financial Analysis. 20. Project Management Analysis. 21. Economic Analysis. 22. Cash Flow Analysis. 23. Fraud Analysis. 24. Quality Analysis. 25. Sensitivity and Scenario Analysis. 26. Division Performance Analysis. 27. Organizational and General Management Analysis. 28. Human Resource Management Analysis. 29. Logistics Analysis. 30. New Product Development and Product Management Analysis. 31. Sales Analysis. 32. Risk Analysis. 33. Decision Analysis. 34. Operating Budget Analysis. 35. Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis. 36. Control Analysis. 37. Customer Analysis. 38. Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis. 39. Productivity Analysis. 40. Competitive Analysis.
Table of Contents
I. Introduction. II. Exam Structure. III. Test Taking Tips. IV. Study Inventories. V. Resources. VI. Sample Questions. VII. Financial Accounting. VIII. Managerial Accounting. IX. Finance. X. Macroeconomics. XI. Microeconomics. XII. Marketing. XIII. Organizational Behavior. XIV. Operations. XV. Quantitative Methods. XVI. Strategy.
MBA PRIMER ONLINE VOLUME 2

MBA Primer Online for Economics, Finance, Accounting and Statistics, MBA Primer Online: Managerial Economics Module MBA Primer Online: Financial Accounting Module MBA Primer Online: Statistics Module MBA Primer Online: Finance Module 0-324-22123-1 0-324-22127-4 0-324-22128-2 0-324-22126-6 0-324-22125-8
CBM EXAM PREPARATION GUIDE, PART 3, VOL. 6: PRACTICE FOR INTEGRATED AREAS
0-324-20121-4 (768 pages, Softbound)
Tabbush, Victor
Table of Contents
1. Strategic Management Analysis. 2. Marketing Management Analysis. 3. Leverage Analysis. 4. Supply-Chain Management Analysis. 5. Pricing Analysis. 6. Capital Budget Analysis. 7. Mergers, Acquisitions, and Business Valuation Analysis. 8. Production Planning Analysis. 9. Process Analysis. 10. Advertising Analysis. 11. Manufacturing Management Analysis. 12. Value Analysis. 13. Manufacturing Operations Analysis. 14. Retail Management Analysis. 15. Service Management Analysis. 16. Cost Analysis. 17. Corporate Performance Analysis. University of California, Los Angeles
Trueman, Brett
University of California, Berkeley
Levine, David
Bernard M. Baruch College, City University of New York
Opler, Tim
Fellow of the Charles A. Dice Center Ohio State University
http://v2.mbaprimer.com
To order: 1-800-354-9706
17
CERTIFICATION
The MBA Primer offers prospective business school students an effective way to prepare for the masters curriculum, via an interactive series of pre-MBA courses designed by experts. Lessons that incorporate text and interactive applications teach the concepts, while quizzes and tests assess students understanding of the concepts presented. The MBA Primer is designed to teach the basics to students enrolled to enter an MBA program (traditional, executive, and part-time), or those wishing to prepare themselves for an MBA curriculum. The MBA Primer is ideal for the user who has little or no educational background in the quantitative areas of business, and thus needs to be prepared for the rigors of an MBA program. The course is also well-suited to those who have this educational background, but wish to review before beginning MBA classes. This sequence of courses was not designed to substitute for traditional full MBA courses; rather it is meant to be a precursor, or preparatory sequence of courses, for students entering an MBA program or considering such a step. Completing the courses will provide a comfort level for when the student actually begins the actual MBA program. Thus, the student who completes these courses stands better prepared to succeed and is less likely to fail in the full MBA program.
strong or weak in. Upon completion of the Pre-Test, the user is provided with a report that shows a breakdown of each question, listing the answer the learner provided, the correct answer to the question (if different), and a link back to the specific concept the question addressed. This report is then saved in the View Progress section of the program for reference back to at later dates. Learners may use this report to focus their study time on those topics the learners demonstrate trouble with, and bypass those topics the learners demonstrate mastery with. Because each Pre-Test is unique, learners may repeat this process until comfortable with the total scope of the topical material. Finally, a Post-Test is provided with a complete set of new question material. Topic presentations modules provide learners with the opportunity to read through detailed yet accessible discussions of the topical material. Each module opens with a set of learning objectives to focus the learner on the key concepts in the module. The module then provides a practical insight into the workings and operations of human resources in the health care industry. Next, each concept in the modules is carefully explained using a combination of theory and examples. Key terms and exhibits are integrated into the presentation, and learners may click on these to open them in new windows. Finally, each module ends with a brief hypothetical case study tying the concepts together and enabling learners to apply their studies to realistic problems health care professionals face.
HUMAN RESOURCES PROFESSIONALS MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACKS

HUMAN RESOURCES AND HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT ONLINE
0-324-20399-3
http://www.tracks.swlearning.com
Creating a course can be a tedious, time-consuming process. But it doesnt have to be when youre equipped with the business acumen of widely respected authors and an innovative publisher. The perfect solution to your content course needs, South-Westerns Management Education Tracks provide a wealth of knowledge in key areas of management. The collection of modules can be mixed and matched in myriad combinations to provide excellent Pre-MBA foundation, prep, and review, certificate programs, pre-program preparation for more advanced corporate education programs. Ideal for e-learning, traditional classroom settings, or anything in between, these Management Education Tracks are packed with practical, in-depth discussions of the topics most important to todays managers, as well as thorough glossaries and multiple choice exams to test comprehension. Each module is a full program, ready for implementation.
Flynn, Walter
University of Minnesota
Mathis, Robert L.
University of Nebraska at Omaha
Jackson, John
University of Wyoming
Langan, Patrick
http://flynn.swlearning.com
Ideal for e-learning, traditional classroom settings, or anything in between, the Thomson South-Western Human Resources Online and Human Resources Professionals in Healthcare Certificate program provides ultimate flexibility. Depending on your needs and your institutions preference the program can be set up in several ways: as a self-paced, exclusively online course; as a traditional course complete with printed content and accented with online features; as a blended environment with both online materials and time in a classroom setting. Built by a proven publisher and best-selling authors, the Thomson South-Western Human Resources Online and Human Resources Professionals in Healthcare Certificate program provides an excellent turnkey solution for establishing your own comprehensive HR and healthcare HR certification program. Taking our innovative program as your own, you can quickly establish a high-quality certificate program and a new revenue stream. This program provides a comprehensive human resource management foundation, grounded in practice, for those who intend to work or are working in healthcare settings. All of the modules in this program instill a solid foundation in both human resources and healthcare administrative practices. Pre- and post-tests provides a selection of 25 questions, pulled from a larger pool of questions, assessing the key objectives of the module. Learners may take this test to see which areas of the module they are
MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 100: GENERAL MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION

0-324-22436-2
Daft, Richard
Vanderbilt University
Roberts, Barry S.
The University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill
Gido, Jack
Pennsylvania State University
Hirschey, Mark
University of Kansas
Clements, James
Towson University
Anderson, David
University of Cincinnati
Mann, Richard A.
Williams, Thomas
Rochester Institute of Technology
18
MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 200: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

0-324-22464-8
MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 800: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

0-324-23290-X
Fogarty, Donald W.
Southern Illinois University at Edwardsville
Metters, Richard
Emory University
Oz, Effy
Penn State University
CERTIFICATION
Blackstone, John
University of Georgia
Monczka, Robert
Michigan State University
Hoffmann, Thomas R.
MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 900: CORPORATE CONTROL AND GOVERNANCE

0-324-22469-9
MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 300: MARKETING MANAGEMENT

0-324-22465-6
Albrecht, Steve
Trieschmann, James
Carroll, Archie B.
Hoffman, Douglas
Colorado State University
Roberts, Barry S.
Mann, Richard A.
Hirschey, Mark
MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 1000: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

0-324-22462-1
Carbaugh, Robert MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 400: QUALITY AND PROCESSING MANAGEMENT
0-324-22466-4 Central Washington University
Rodrigues, Carl
Montclair State University
Czinkota, Michael
Georgetown University
Schaffer, Richard
Professor Emeritus, Appalachian State University
Evans, James
Mann, Richard A. Roberts, Barry S.

The University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill The University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill
Earle, Beverley
Bentley College
Lindsay, William
Northern Kentucky University
Roberts, Barry S.
Augusti, Guiliano
Universita di Roma La Sapienza
Hirschey, Mark
Metters, Richard
Emory University
MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 500: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

0-324-22466-4
Mathis, Robert L.
Jackson, John
University of Wyoming
MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 600: ACCOUNTING

0-324-22468-0
Warren, Carl
Iqbal, Zafar
California Poly State-San Luis Obispo
Fess, Philip
University of Illinois
MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 700: FINANCE

0-324-22461-3
Besley, Scott
University of South Florida
Maness, Terry
Baylor University
Brigham, Eugene
University of Florida
Zietlow, John
Lee University
Madura, Jeff
Florida Atlantic University
To order: 1-800-354-9706
19
DECISION SCIENCE DECISION SCIENCE

EASYSTAT: DIGITIAL TUTOR FOR MICROSOFT EXCEL, ONLINE ACCESS
Copyright 2005
Table of Contents
Part 1: Evolution from Back Office Systems to ERP 1. The Roots of Distribution Information Management 2. Strategic Use of Distribution ERP Systems 3. ERP Tactical Planning 4. Selecting the System 5. ERP Implementation Part 2: Structure of an ERP System Chapter 6. The ERP Components 7. Automating Sales and Marketing 8. Replenishment 9. Operations Management 10. Executive Information Systems 11. Managing the Network 12. Standardization and Putting the System to Work Part 3: Best of Breed and Build Your Own ERP 13. Customer Relationship Management Modules 14. Logistics and Procurement Systems 15. Building a Best in Class ERP System
Anderson, David
Sweeney, Dennis
Supplements
Instructors Manual on CD-ROM 0-324-17895-6
Williams, Thomas
Rochester Institute of Technology 0-324-29149-3
http://easystat.swlearning.com EasyStat: Digital Tutor is designed to make it easier for you to learn how to use Excel to perform statistical analysis. Anderson, Sweeney, Williams have more than 25 years experience writing market-leading textbooks, and now they have brought their expertise to your computer. In each tutorial, one of the authors demonstrates how Excel can be used to perform a particular statistical procedure. EasyStat is just like having your own private expert tutor demonstrating the use of Excel.
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

Copyright 2005
Raturi, Amitabh
Evans, James
University of Cincinnati 0-324-00896-1 (420 pages, Softbound)
http://raturi_evans.swlearning.com
ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING IN DISTRIBUTION

Copyright 2005
Raturis Principles of Operations Management is an abbreviated operations management text aimed specifically at the 4 to 10 week long MBA-level OM course. * Very Accessible Format: This text includes chapter introduction with concepts clearly identified, OM Principle boxes that provide reviews of material just covered, and bulleted chapter summaries that will help students handle what is often considered difficult material. * Quantitative materials: receive full coverage and practice problems on the CD-Rom. If an instructor wishes to include the mathematical materials, they are readily available. However, no text space is used for materials that are often not included in an abbreviated course. * End-of-chapter Materials: These exercises include extensive review and discussion questions as well as several internet projects. These will be very useful for student review as well as in-class or online activities. * Experience OM Activity: Found at the end of each chapter, these experiential activities provide team-based learning in- or outside of the classroom.
Lawrence, F.
Texas A&M University-College Station
Jennings, Daniel
Texas A&M University-College Station
Reynolds, Brian
Texas A&M University-College Station 0-324-17872-7 (360 pages, Hardbound)
http://lawrence.swlearning.com This text explores current and developing issues in Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems. The book also covers the general information technology context for these advanced systems and explore likely future technology developments. It includes real ERP stories, with real companies and real names. * ERP Perspectives: Each chapter begins with these opening vignettes about a company. This real-world case asks student to consider some of the concepts and issues that will be covered within the chapter. * ERP in Practice: The case from ERP Perspectives continues throughout the chapters in this boxed feature, which discusses how the company being highlighted throughout the chapter dealt with the issues covered in that section. * ERP Retrospective: This chapter-closing feature closes the case and explains the resolution of the ERP question or problem that was initially considered in the ERP Perspective. * Issues To Consider: Each chapter will conclude with 4-6 Issues to Consider. These challenging and relevant end-of-chapter questions ask students to consider and brain storm solutions to some of the difficult questions the industry faces. These questions focus specifically on the topics covered within the chapter and could be used as homework assignments or for prompting in-class discussions.
Table of Contents
1. The Scope And Language of Operations Management 2. Operations Strategy and Performance Measurement 3. Product And Service Design and Development 4. Process Design and Improvement 5. Facilities and Capacity Planning 6. Quality Management 7. Supply Chain Management 8. Inventory Management and Enterprise Planning Systems 9. Lean Thinking and Just-InTime in Operations 10. Projects in Contemporary Organizations 11. Emerging Challenges in Operations Management
Supplements
Instructors Resource CD-ROM (IM, PPT) 0-324-00897-X
20
RAISING THE BAR (CODE): THE VALUE OF AUTO-ID TECHNOLOGY

Copyright 2005
OTHER DECISION SCIENCE TITLES AVAILABLE FROM THOMSON SOUTH-WESTERN.

Contemporary Business Statistics with Microsoft Excel, 2E Anderson, David, University of Cincinnati Sweeney, Dennis J., University of Cincinnati Williams, Thomas A., Rochester Institute of Technology ISBN: 0-324-18452-2 Copyright 2004 Modern Business Statistics with Microsoft Excel Anderson, David R., University of Cincinnati Sweeney, Dennis J., University of Cincinnati Williams, Thomas A., Rochester Institute of Technology ISBN: 0-324-32013-2 Copyright 2003 Quantitative Methods for Business, 9E Anderson, David R., University of Cincinnati Sweeney, Dennis J., University of Cincinnati Williams, Thomas A., Rochester Institute of Technology ISBN: 0-324-18413-1 Copyright 2004 Business Statistics: Contemporary Decision Making, 3E Black, Ken, University of Houston-Clear Lake ISBN: 0-324-00920-8 Copyright 2001 Management Science and Decision Technology Camm, Jeff, University of Cincinnati Evans, James, University of Cincinnati ISBN: 0-324-00715-9 Copyright 2000 Operations Management with POM Software CD-ROM, 9E Gaither, Norman, Texas A&M University Gregory Frazier, University of Texas - Arlington ISBN: 0-324-06685-6 Copyright 2002 Quantitative Business Modeling Meredith, Jack R., Wake Forest University Shafer, Scott M., Wake Forest University Turban, Efraim, University of Hong Kong ISBN: 0-324-01600-X Copyright 2002 Business Statistics in Brief Ovedovitz, Albert C., St. Johns University ISBN: 0-324-04868-8 Copyright 2001 Spreadsheet Modeling and Decision Analysis, 3E Ragsdale, Cliff, Virginia Institute of Technology ISBN: 0-324-02122-4 Copyright 2001 Spreadsheet Modeling and Decision Analysis with Student CD-ROM, 4E Ragsdale, Cliff, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University ISBN: 0-324-18399-2 Copyright 2004 I
DECISION SCIENCE
Schuster, Edmund
Auto-ID Center
Engels, Daniel
Auto-ID Center
Allen, Stuart
Pennsylvania State University 0-324-30078-6 (288 pages, Hardbound)
Auto-ID technology is poised to revolutionize logistics. Developed at MIT in 1999, it uses low-cost, radio frequency identification (RFID) tabs to improve information flow and productivity. RFID tags are placed on individual items, cases, and pallets delivering instant two-way communication within supply chains by merging information with physical goods. * Auto-ID technology promises to reshape the area of logistics. Already, retail giant Wal-Mart announced plans to require its top 100 suppliers to implement the technology by first quarter 2005. * The first to focus on this intriguing technology, this exciting new book fully explains the importance of auto-ID technology and thoroughly explores its impact on business. * The technology and its innovators continue to grab the spotlight. For example, Business Week tapped Auto-ID Research Chairman Sanjay Sarma as one of the top five innovators in the Internet industry. * Intriguing and informative, Auto ID is a must-read for logistics managers, transportation companies, inventory managers, directors, senior managers, and anyone involved in the supply chain.
Table of Contents
Introduction Manufacturing Low Cost Tags Implications for Business The Business Case for Auto-ID How the System Works The EPC Prototype Applications How Will the Design of a Supply Chain Change? Detailed Analysis of Applications An Implementation Guide Security and Privacy Epilogue Glossary.
STREAMLINED: 14 PRINCIPLES FOR BUILDING & MANAGING THE LEAN SUPPLY CHAIN
Copyright 2004
Srinivasan, Mandyam
University of Tennessee 0-324-23277-2 (368 pages, Hardbound)
Streamlined: 14 Principles for Building & Managing the Lean Supply Chain is designed to help the individual manager identify the important actions he/she can undertake to improve the performance of the supply chain they work in. Srinivasan discusses what the tasks and responsibilities are and how they may be best-accomplished using conceptual tools such as lean thinking, theory of constraints (TOC), and the balanced scorecard. Srinivasan has included a case study that threads through the different chapters and leads the reader through the different processes that need to be covered in building and managing the lean supply chain.
Table of Contents
I. SETTING THE STAGE. II. INTEGRATING THE ELEMENTS. III. CRITICAL TOOLS TO ACHIEVE EXCEPTIONAL PERFORMANCE.
To order: 1-800-354-9706
21
ECONOMICS
THE E-BUSINESS REVOLUTION & THE NEW ECONOMY: E-CONOMICS AFTER THE DOT -COM CRASH
Copyright 2004
* Each chapter (except Chapter 1) includes extensive end-of-chapter problems. The solutions to these problems are provided in the Instructors Manual.
Table of Contents
1. Introduction to Mathematical Economics. 2. Introduction to Mathematical Economic Applications. 3. Matrix Theory. 4. Applications of Matrix Theory to Linear Models. 5. Multivariate Calculus: Theory. 6. Multivariate Calculus: Applications. 7. Multivariable Optimization without Constraints: Theory. 8. Multivariable Optimization without Constraints: Applications. 9. Constrained Optimization: Theory. 10. Constrained Optimization: Applications. 11. Optimization with Inequality Constraints: Theory. 12. Optimization with Inequality Constraints. 13. Value Functions and the Envelope Theorem: Theory. 14. Value Functions and the Envelope Theorem: Duality and Other Applications. 15. Static Games with Complete Information: Theory. 16. Static Games with Complete Information: Applications. 17. Dynamic Games with Complete Information: Theory. 18. Dynamic Games with Complete Information: Applications. 19. Introduction to Difference and Differential Equations: Theory. 20. Introduction to Difference and Differential Equations: Applications.
ECONOMICS
Adams, F. Gerard
Northeastern University 0-324-27151-4 (182 pages, Hardbound)
Rapid, technological change is having the most profound influence on how companies conduct and organize business. Not to be aware of changes underfoot is a disaster. Despite the particular circumstances and events of the dot.com sector, the economy is not mature but one that is dynamic and growing. F. Gerard Adams defines and explores the new economy and the future of E-Business in this exciting and informative book.
Supplements
Solutions Manual 0-324-17094-7
Table of Contents
I. THE NEW ECONOMY AND THE DOT-COM CRASH. II. THE E-BUSINESS REVOLUTION. III. THE ECONOMICS OF E-BUSINESS. IV. E-BUSINESS AND THE NEW ECONOMY: THE FUTURE.
THE SUM OF OUR DISCONTENT: WHY NUMBERS MAKE US IRRATIONAL

Copyright 2004
Boyle, David
The Guardian New Economics magazine 1-58799-167-5 (240 pages, Softbound)
MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS, 2E
Copyright 2005
Baldani, Jeffrey
Colgate University
Bradfield, James
Hamilton College
Turner, Robert
Colgate University 0-324-18332-1 (740 pages, Hardbound)
In The Sum of Our Discontent, David Boyle has put his finger on the problem with our numbers-obsessed societies: The trouble is that numbers have proliferated and that it is sometimes hard to tell the difference between a good statistic and a bad one and that therefore numbers have become meaningless and in the process reduced humans to be coldly calculating. Boyle points out that the important things in life, such as wealth, success, rehabilitation and wisdom, are intangible, and because they are intangible, they cannot be measured and so are not used as a standard of happiness. Boyle asks how can businesses measure what they are worth when value is increasingly ephemeral encompassing things that go way beyond the traditional balance sheet? The trouble is, he says, is that numbers cannot capture the complexity of human life....the know-how, ethics, and selfesteem or kindness. Boyle emphasizes that the counters are taking over our lives. For centuries, humankind has attempted to divine meaning from life through numbers.
http://baldani.swlearning.com This applications-oriented text gives students the mathematical tools they need to comprehend and work with economic concepts at the intermediate or advanced level. By emphasizing the use of mathematics in actual economic models, this textbook guides students through important techniques, without leading them through a maze of formal proofs. The organization of the text, with each theory chapter followed by a chapter of applications, balances the mathematical tools that students need to learn with economics applications. * Chapters are organized in pairs where a chapter on mathematical theory is followed by a chapter on economic applications. This approach allows for flexibility so instructors can tailor the course to their needs. * Macroeconomic applications include ISLM and the Keynesian model. Microeconomic applications include the Cobb-Douglas model and utility and profit maximization. * Chapter pair (theory/applications) on difference and differential equations. * An appendix reviews basic calculus to refresh students memories. * Economic applications of static and dynamic game theory are covered. * An extensive treatment of constrained optimization includes discussions of inequality constraints and duality.
Table of Contents
Introduction 1.A short history of counting 2.Jeremy Bentham and the Measure of Happiness 3.Damage by Numbers 4.Robert Malthus and the Death of Moral Statistics 5.The Feel Good Factor 6.Frederick Taylors Time Machine 7.Toward an Ethical Profit Line 8.The Fine Balance of John Maynard Keynes 9.The New Indicators 10.Edgar Cahn and the Price of Everything 11.The Bottom Line Further Reading Acknowledgements
22
SEX, DRUGS AND ECONOMICS: AN UNCONVENTIONAL INTRO TO ECONOMICS

Copyright 2004
Table of Contents
UNIT 1: INTERNATIONAL PAYMENTS AND EXCHANGE. UNIT 2: INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, MARKETS, AND INSTITUTIONS. UNIT 3: EXCHANGE-RATE AND BALANCE-OF-PAYMENTS DETERMINATION. UNIT 4: OPEN ECONOMY MACROECONOMICS AND POLICY ANALYSIS. UNIT 5: DOMESTIC AND MULTINATIONAL POLICYMAKING IN A GLOBAL ECONOMY.
Coyle, Diane
Enlightenment Economics; The Independent; London School of Economics 1-58799-182-9 (240 pages, Softbound)
ECONOMICS
Supplements
Instructors Manual with Test Bank (available online only) PowerPoint Presentation Slides (available online) 0-324-26161-6 0-324-26158-6
A refreshing look at economics with topics ranging from sex, drugs, arms and music to energy, movies and farming, the Internet and Aids, Diane Coyle plunges herself and the reader into some of the worlds most contentious political and social issues. Diane Coyle shows how economic principles apply to headline issues in an entertaining, humane and highly intelligent way. Harvard-educated Coyle is an economist and award-winning writer specializing in business, technology and global economics.
ECONOMICS AND THE COMMON LAW: CASES AND ANALYSIS

Copyright 2005
Table of Contents
I. THE NEW ECONOMY AND THE DOT-COM CRASH. II. THE E-BUSINESS REVOLUTION. III. THE ECONOMICS OF E-BUSINESS. IV. E-BUSINESS AND THE NEW ECONOMY: THE FUTURE.
DeSerpa, Allan
Arizona State University 0-324-28977-4 (240 pages, Softbound)
INTERNATIONAL MONETARY AND FINANCIAL ECONOMICS, 3E

Copyright 2005
Designed more to complement an existing text on the subject of law and economics, this casebook has more complete cases than the leading texts. Brief sections follow the cases in order to highlight the key points of economic analysis. The text fulfills the need for more complete case material, and important case material, that is sometimes glossed over in texts. At the same time, the analysis provide summaries of the key economic elements to the cases.
Daniels, Joseph
Marquette University
ECONOMICS OF LAW
Copyright 2005
VanHoose, David
Baylor University 0-324-26160-8 (608 pages, Hardbound)
Dnes, A.W.
Nottingham Trent University 0-324-00215-7 (384 pages, Softbound)
http://daniels.swlearning.com This text covers the full range of topics in international money and finance, giving solid attention to three key areas - international finance, open-economy macroeconomics, and international money and banking. It consistently connects theory to real-world policy and business applications (and strikes a balance between business relevance and policy relevance), demonstrating to students the contemporary applications that can be explored, and that international monetary and financial economics is a dynamic and interesting subject area that has become of great importance for international affairs and business. * Emphasizes Application: Integrates policymaking and policy options throughout the text, as well as high-interest, real-world business applications to acquaint students with the variety of international financial issues faced by policymakers and managers through Policy Notebook features, Management Notebook features, and Online Notebook features in each chapter. * Internet Activities: Internet features include On the Web margin URLs as well as end-of-chapter On-Line * Applications Internet exercises to acquaint students with the wealth of international money and finance resources on the World Wide Web. * Fundamental Issues and Answers: A unique feature of this text is the inclusion of 5 to 7 Fundamental Issues, which are written in the form of a question, at the opening of each chapter. When appropriate in the chapter, the issue is repeated and the answer is provided. This allows the students to immediately see the relationship between the text materials and the fundamental issues while reading the chapter.
http://www.swlearning.com Dnes Economics of Law is a straightforward, up-to-date introduction to economics of law, with economic analysis and legal principles treated in a self-contained manner as the book progresses. Both lawyers and economists can use the book without prior knowledge of each others subject. The book is based on a British version, but is explicitly US in focus and is up to date on US case law and Restatements. This book includes timely coverage of the economic analysis of property, contract, criminal, tort, and procedural law with the emphasis placed on economics rather than on legal issues. * Boxed Examples: Legal case examples and real-world applications are highlighted in boxed features throughout the text. * Critical Thinking Exercises: Found at the end of each chapter, these exercises require students to use what they have learned in the chapter to answer open-ended and what-if type questions. * Chapter Endnotes: Extensive Chapter Endnotes provide additional information on chapter specifics.
Table of Contents
1. The Economic Analysis of the Law: An Introduction. 2. Property. 3. Conflicts Over Property Rights. 4. Contract Formation and Evolution. 5. Breach of Contract. 6. Torts. 7. The Economics of Crime. 8. Contingency Fees, Cost Rules and Litigation.
Supplements
Solutions Manual 0-324-31864-2
To order: 1-800-354-9706
23
THE MAN WHO SAW THE FUTURE: WILLIAM PATERSONS VISION OF FREE TRADE
Copyright 2004
Supplements
Data Sets (available online only) Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM 0-324-31893-6 0-03-034813-7 0-324-31935-5
ECONOMICS
Forrester, Andy
London Weekend Television 1-58799-143-8 (227 pages, Hardbound)
HEALTH ECONOMICS AND POLICY

Copyright 2005
This is the incredible story of one mans vision of world commerce. William Paterson was a businessman and economic thinker far ahead of his time, whose place in history is assured. He founded the Bank of England, he helped broker the Treaty of Union between Scotland and England and, above all else, he envisaged a world where nations could trade unencumbered by monopolies and restrictive practices, and companies could be funded with international investment. All more than 300 years ago. In an attempt to realize his dream he set off on a daring voyage across half the globe to establish a trading emporium for the world at Darien, Panama.
Henderson, James
Baylor University 0-324-26000-8 (473 pages, Hardbound)
http://henderson.swlearning.com Health Economics and Policy is a basic introduction to the microeconomics of health, health care, and health policy. This edition demonstrates how economic principles apply to health-related issues. It explains the social, political, and economic contexts of health care delivery and explores the changing nature of health care. Students learn to analyze public policy from an economic perspective. While the text was written for non-economics majors, it includes enough economic content to challenge majors. * New Chapter on Cost-Benefit Analysis: As requested by adopters, Chapter 4: Economic Evaluation in Health Care, goes beyond simply focusing on the general theory of cost-benefit analysis to help demonstrate how the process can be applied to practical health care evaluations. * Back of the Envelope: Updated in this edition, this feature shows readers the economic way of thinking, using graphs to illustrate topics such as the valuation of a life, the notion of elasticity, welfare implications of subsidies, cost-benefit calculations, and more. * Issues in Medical Care Delivery: Updated based on current research, these boxes summarize important studies in medical research, public health, and epidemiology as they relate to the economics of health care delivery. * Profiles: Updated for this edition, profiles of prominent economists and others who have had a significant impact on health-care analysis have been moved to appear before the chapter summary for greater visibility. * Appropriate Technical Level: The economic tools used are carefully chosen as those appropriate for an issues course with no prerequisites. Complex topics more appropriate for the Principles course are left out of this text or relegated to appendices. Graphical analysis concentrates on two basic models: production possibilities and demand/supply. * Balanced Policy Perspectives: Policy Issues boxes present diverse policy perspectives and current issues, helping students to think about policy economically and form their own opinions. * Emphasizes Relevance: Relevance to students lives is emphasized in the approach to each issue, making the material more interesting. A unique Epilogue section (Part VI: You and the World Around You) specifically raises personal issues with the student.
Table of Contents
Acknowledgements. Preface. 1 The Doors of the Seas. 2 Selling Darien The First Offensive. 3 The Great Projector. 4 The Go-Between. 5 A Window of Opportunity. 6 The Lure of Darien. 7 The Fall of Paterson. 8 Paterson Reborn. 9 Hope Rekindled. 10 The Future Has to Wait. 11 A Sad and Fatall Disaster. 12 The Key of the Universe. Epilogue. Notes. Index
UNDERSTANDING ECONOMETRICS
Copyright 2005
Halcoussis, Dennis
California State University, Northridge 0-03-034806-4 (576 pages, Hardbound)
http://halcoussis.swlearning.com Covering all of the main topics, including panel data, that are expected in first econometrics course, Understanding Econometrics uses a new, understandable approach that explains theory intuitively in English, not through a series of mathematical derivations. Recognizing that most students will not be doing economics graduate work, but that they may well need to understand econometrics and how to apply it, this new text focuses on the connection between theory and practice. The text uses a simplified notation system and examples that are integrated with the explanations of the material, fostering comprehension so that the instructor can focus more readily on theory and applications. * Coverage of Panel Data: An important tool that is not always covered in other texts, Chapter 9 provides an accessible and clear introduction to the topic. * Easy to Follow Examples: This text uses clear, simple examples, not those from published research, so that students can concentrate on the point that is being illustrated. * Early Multiple Regression: Students learn how to interpret multiple regression early in the course, so that they are able to work meaningful computer assignments.
Table of Contents
PART I: THE RELEVANCE OF ECONOMICS IN HEALTH AND MEDICAL CARE. PART II: DEMAND-SIDE CONSIDERATIONS. PART III: SUPPLY-SIDE CONSIDERATIONS. PART IV: CONFOUNDING FACTORSSALT. PART V: PUBLIC POLICY IN MEDICAL CARE DELIVERY.
Table of Contents
1. An Introduction to Ordinary Least Squares. 2. Ordinary Least Squares, Part 2. 3. Commonly Used Statistics for Regression Analysis. 4. Basics in Conducting Econometric Research. 5. Additional Modeling Techniques. 6. Multicollinearity: When Independent Variables Have Relationships. 7. Autocorrelation: A Problem with Time-Series Regressions. 8. Heteroskedasticity: A Problem with CrossSection Regressions. 9. Pooling Cross-Section Time-Series Data: Across Time and Space. 10. Simultaneous Equation Systems: When One Equation Is Not Enough. 11. Time-Series Models: Using the Past to Consider the Future. 12. Qualitative Choice Models: The Dependent Variable Is a Dummy. 13. Econome-tricks: Misleading Uses of Econometrics. Appendix of Statistical Tables.
Supplements
Instructors Manual with Test Bank PowerPoint Slides (Available online only) 0-324-26001-6 0-324-26002-4
24
GOOD BUSINESS: MAKING MONEY BY MAKING THE WORLD BETTER, 2E

Copyright 2004
* Public Policy Perspectives and International View: These interesting stories relate to public policies and U.S. vs. International practices. * Forward Look: This end of chapter feature integrates one chapter to the next.
Hilton, Steve
Good Business and Saatchi & Saatchi
Table of Contents
PART I. THE ECONOMIC BASIS FOR GOVERNMENT ACTIVITY. PART II. GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURES AND POLICY IN THE UNITED STATES: SELECTED ISSUES. PART III. FINANCING GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURES. PART 4. TAXATION: THEORY AND STRUCTURE. PART 5. STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT FINANCE.
ECONOMICS
Gibbons, Giles
M&C Saatchi; Good Business, a London-based consulting firm 1-58799-161-6 (288 pages, Softbound)
If you want to stop an eight year old boy from smoking who is he most likely to listen to? parents? teachers? the government? or Nike? If that same boys parents are buying him a Christmas gift, which will they chose? Sports shoes from the company that only promotes its brand? Or shoes from the company that also uses its brand to promote anti-smoking? In Good Business, the authors argue that in the 21st century, the successful companies will be those that use their power and influence to work for social progress. And theyll do it because making the world a better place will also be the best way to make money. This is social marketing and is the core idea behind Good Business.
Supplements
Instructors Manual with Test Bank PowerPoint Presentation Slides (Available Online Only) Study Guide 0-324-27464-5 0-324-27465-3 0-324-27463-7
PRICE THEORY AND APPLICATIONS, 6E

Copyright 2005
Table of Contents
Introduction 1.Orthodoxy- Why is capitalism a dirty word? Why is big business so unpopular? Is it as bad as the critics make out? Or could there be another side to the story? 2.Heresy- The story thats rarely told: why globalization makes the poor richer; how corporations are good for human rights; the best way to end sweatshops and child labor; the good news about global brands; the reasons we should all love profit; the myth of corporate power 3.ResponsibilityHow the corporations are responding to their critics: cynical cover-up or sincere conversion? Why business should be socially responsible - the doctrine of corporate social responsibility explained 4.Leadership- Why social responsibility is not enough; we need corporate social leadership 5.Anatomy- How corporate components can have a dual purpose - social as well as commercial; how brands can work for social change; eight ways for business to make the world a better place 6.Possibility- Imagine what business could do: four utopian tales 7.Unity- Why everyone should work with business and how all of us can change the world Risks Acknowledgements Notes Index
Landsburg, Steven
University of Rochester 0-324-27448-3 (750 pages, Hardbound)
http://landsburg.swlearning.com By the successful author of The Armchair Economist (a popular trade book that explains basic economics to the general public), this book makes intermediate microeconomics fun and intellectually challenging. The writing style provides an exceptionally friendly and application-rich presentation, combined with a rigorous and careful development of microeconomics theory. * Social Welfare Theme: This text uniquely employs social welfare as a unifying theme. A full chapter on welfare economics (Chapter 8) introduces producer and consumer surplus; thereafter most new concepts are related to social welfare and analyzed in this light. * Includes Innovative Topics: Extensive sections are devoted to topics excluded from many standard intermediate textbooks, such as alternative normative criteria, efficient asset markets, contestable markets, antitrust law, mechanisms for eliciting private information regarding demand for public goods, human capital, increasing returns in economic growth, the Capital Asset Pricing Model, and the pricing of stock options. * Law Coverage: This text contains an extended analysis of market failures, property rights, and rules of law (Chapter 13), including a detailed development of market failure using a series of extended examples as well as actual court cases. It also covers various legal theories from the point of view of economic efficiency. * Interdisciplinary Perspective: The last chapter covers economic analysis with examples drawn from sociology, biology, and history, illustrating the cross-disciplinary scope of microeconomics. * Micro Relationship to Macro: The microeconomic relationship to macroeconomics is illustrated throughout the text. * Quantitative Flexibility: The text is algebra-based, but includes a calculus appendix with calculus applications for each chapter, providing flexibility in the desired quantitative level. * Hands-On Problem-Solving: Exercises integrated throughout each chapter (approx. 10) provide hands-on opportunities for students to ensure that they understand each concept before going on to the next. Answers to exercises are found in an appendix at the back of the book. * End-of-Chapter Problems: These problems (approx. 25 at the end of each chapter) are exceptionally extensive in terms of both quantity and quality, and reflect a wide range of difficulty.
PUBLIC FINANCE: A CONTEMPORARY APPLICATION OF THEORY TO POLICY

Copyright 2005
Hyman, David
North Carolina State University 0-324-25970-0 (742 pages, Hardbound)
http://hyman.swlearning.com Public Finance provides students with a balance of expenditure and tax topics along with the information and analytical tools to understand major government policy and finance issues. The book has been praised for its clarity, good organization, and careful explanations of complex issues. * When appropriate, each chapter has a reference to the Economic Policy Debates (EconDebate Online). This service provides students the opportunity to obtain more information and directly access articles and other useful material on key policy issues that are covered in the text. * The text has been updated on expenditure and regulation issues relating to environmental protection, homeland security and national defense. * Internet Resources available at the books Web site are carefully selected and monitored for updates to enhance the material covered in the chapter. * Checkpoint: These boxed features (3-4 per chapter) are a series of three questions for students to use to test their comprehension of materials.
To order: 1-800-354-9706
25
Table of Contents
1. Supply, Demand, and Equilibrium. 2. Prices, Costs, and the Gains from Trade. 3. The Behavior of Consumers. 4. Consumers in the Marketplace. 5. The Behavior of Firms. 6. Production and Costs. 7. Competition. 8. Welfare Economics and the Gains from Trade. 9. Knowledge and Information. 10. Monopoly. 11. Market Power, Collusion, and Oligopoly. 12. The Theory of Games. 13. External Costs and Benefits. 14. Common Property and Public Goods. 15. The Demand for Factors of Production. 16. The Market for Labor. 17. Allocating Goods Over Time. 18. Risk and Uncertainty. 19. What is Economics? Appendix A. Calculus Supplement. Appendix B. Answers to Exercises. Appendix C. Answers to Problem Sets.
* Organizational and Institutional Economics Material: A brand-new Part 5 of the book includes new chapters on contracting, governance, and organizational form (Chapter 15) and on optimal mechanism design (Chapter 16) to reflect the focal new viewpoint of the institutional choice process as an exercise in efficient decision-making analysis. * New Pricing Appendix: Chapter 14, Pricing Techniques and Analysis has been entirely rewritten, including new material on differential retail pricing, product life cycle pricing, pricing of on-line products and a new section on bundling. The material on joint product pricing and transfer pricing has been moved to a new Appendix 14B. * Expanded IT Coverage: This book contains by far more topics, examples, and applications on information technology than other texts on the market. * Updated Throughout: Thorough updating of the books 300 applications, examples, and cases to keep pace with fast-moving global events.
ECONOMICS
Supplements
Instructors Manual PowerPoint Presentation Slides (available online only) Study Guide Test Bank 0-324-27450-5 0-324-27452-1 0-324-27449-1 0-324-27451-3
EMPIRES OF PROFIT: COMMERCE, CONQUEST AND CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

Copyright 2003
* Expanded Game Theory Treatment: Chapter 13 includes new applications to model upgrades (the practice of versioning), fractional ownership and tactical advantages of leasing a new section on brinksmanship and wars of attrition, and a new case exercise on building superjumbo airliners. * Expanded Strategy Coverage: Chapter 10 includes a new section on competitive strategy (components of a business model and generic types of strategy with applications to Xerox closed architecture, Rawlings product differentiation, Dell cost leadership, 7-11 Japan and e-commerce strategy) and expanded discussion of dynamics of adjustment in a competitive industry. * Expanded International Coverage: This edition continues the tradition of including an unmatched global perspective. * Chapter 6 (Managing Exports), highly acclaimed for its coverage of international trade, exchange rate risk and the economics of managing international businesses, has gone through major updating and includes new applications on country managers, hedging, purchasing power parity, steel tariffs, euro optimal currency area, price differentials across Europe and parallel importing.
Litvin, Daniel
Oxford University and London School of Economics 1-58799-192-6 (312 pages, Softbound)
Empires of Profit tells a series of dramatic stories to illustrate the greed, benevolence, and ignorance of western business in the developing world. The stories which are at times a shocking reminder of the origins of the present-day anti-capitalist movement illustrate the extremely delicate and volatile nature of western involvement in the developing world. The message that emerges is clear: unless the lessons of the past are heeded and corporate social responsibility taken seriously the current wave of investment will be far less secure than most corporations believe.
Table of Contents
Introduction 1.The Corruption of the Moguls: the English East India Company 2.A Warlike Tribe: Cecil Rhodes and the British South Africa company 3.Violent Acquisitions: the South Manchurian Railway Company 4.Jungle Culture: the United Fruit Company 5.Post-imperial Managers: Belgian Strongmen and Italian Charmers 6.Clash of the Titans; Aramco and Saudi Arabia 7.The Contortions of Corporate Responsibility: Nike and its Third-World Factories 8.Trappings of Power: Royal Dutch/Shell and Nigeria 9.The Cultural Revolution: Rupert Murdoch in china and India Epilogue
Table of Contents
PART I. INTRODUCTION. PART II. DEMAND AND FORECASTING. PART III. PRODUCTION AND COST. PART IV. PRICING AND OUTPUT DECISIONS: STRATEGY AND TACTICS. PART V. ORGANIZATIONAL ARCHITECTURE AND INSTITUTIONAL ECONOMICS. PART VI. LONG-TERM INVESTMENT DECISIONS AND RISK MANAGEMENT.
Supplements
MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS: APPLICATIONS, STRATEGIES AND TACTICS, 10E

Copyright 2005
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Solutions Manual and Test Bank PowerPoint Exhibit Slides (available online only) PowerPoint Lecture Slides (available online only) Study Guide
0-324-26100-4 0-324-26097-0 0-324-26099-7 0-324-26098-9 0-324-26096-2
McGuigan, James
JRM Investments
Moyer, R.
Wake Forest University
Harris, Frederick
Wake Forest University 0-324-25923-9 (880 pages, Hardbound)
MICROECONOMIC THEORY: BASIC PRINCIPLES AND EXTENSIONS, 9E

Copyright 2005
http://mcguigan.swlearning.com This text seeks to train students to think analytically in a business context. The book includes extensive coverage of the latest analytical tools in managerial economics: game-theoretic tactics, best-practices mechanism design, information economics, and organizational architecture, as well as a thorough integration of international issues.
Nicholson, Walter
Amherst College 0-324-27086-0 (768 pages, Hardbound)
http://nicholson.swlearning.com Microeconomic Theory: Basic Principles and Extensions, 9th edition is a tried-and-true, well-known and
26
respected market-leading text. Applauded for providing the most clear and accurate presentation of advanced microeconomic concepts, it offers an ideal level of mathematical rigor for upper level undergraduate students and beginning graduate students. * An early introduction to efficiency concepts and their relation to competitive markets helps clarify discussion of imperfect markets that follows. * The integration of modern theories of information throughout the text includes a thorough coverage of game theory. * Extensive use of calculus and attention to technical detail distinguish this text from others in the market. The author presents practical mathematical and graphical examples throughout. The use of calculus as an analytical tool stresses precision, logic, and intuition. * Numerous solved numerical examples are integrated throughout to give students a clear understanding of theory. * Extensive end-of-chapter problems are divided into basic Problems that apply chapter concepts and Extensions that incorporate additional theory using empirical evidence. This organization presents easier mathematical problems before engaging students in more rigorous, theoretical analysis.
* Up-to-Date Coverage of Network Externalities: This edition provides a more accessible and in-depth discussion of collusion and cartels and the externalities for the consumer created by meet or beat the competition pricing strategies. * Up-to-Date Coverage of Predation and Entry Deterrence: A full chapter on predatory conduct (chapter 12) explores in greater depth the effects of predatory pricing and entry deterrence, including contracts as a barrier to entry (new Reality Checkpoint on Coca-Colas exclusive contract case in Texas), and a new section on predatory conduct and public policy. * Strategic, Game-Theoretic Focus: Analysis of business practices and strategic interaction is carefully developed using game theory as the unifying framework. * Algebra-Based: Modeling is made quite accessible for undergraduate students. While the authors make extensive use of game theoretic tools, they rely almost exclusively on simple algebra. * Integrated Public Policy Coverage: Complete policy discussions are integrated into each chapter, including recent anti-trust cases instead of relegating public policy to a separate chapter. Students clearly see the relevance of analysis to public policy.
ECONOMICS
Table of Contents Table of Contents

PART I: INTRODUCTION. PART II: CHOICE AND DEMAND. PART III: PRODUCTION AND SUPPLY. PART IV: COMPETITIVE MARKETS. PART V: IMPERFECT COMPETITION. PART VI: INPUT MARKETS. PART VII: ADDITIONAL TOPICS. PART 1. FOUNDATIONS. PART 2. MONOPOLY POWER AND PRACTICE. PART 3. GAME THEORY AND OLIGOPOLY OUTCOMES. PART 4. ANTICOMPETITIVE BEHAVIOR. PART 5. CONTRACTUAL RELATIONS BETWEEN FIRMS. PART 6. NON-PRICE DIMENSIONS OF COMPETITION. PART 7. ADDITIONAL ISSUES.
Supplements
PowerPoint Presentation Slides (available online only) Solutions Manual with Test Bank Study Guide 0-324-30245-2 0-324-27461-0 0-324-27462-9
Supplements
Instructors Manual Microsoft Excel Simulations (available online only) PowerPoint Slides (available online only) 0-324-27122-0 0-324-27124-7 0-324-27123-9
INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION: CONTEMPORARY THEORY AND PRACTICE, 3E

Copyright 2005
WINDOWS ON THE WORLD ECONOMY

Copyright 2005
Reinert, Kenneth
George Mason University 0-03-031399-6 (448 pages, Hardbound)
Pepall, Lynne
Tufts University
Richards, Daniel
Tufts University
http://reinert.swlearning.com This book introduces students to the basic concepts of international trade, international production, international finance, and international development that are essential for operating in the modern, global economy. * Concise and Streamlined: The text is brief, enabling instructors to realistically cover the entire text in a semester. * Opening Vignettes: Each chapter contains an opening vignette that whets the students appetite for the concepts introduced in the chapter. * Boxed Features: Interesting applications of international economic current events, such as robotization in Japan, comparative advantage and the environment in Indonesia, and software manufacturing in India, are presented throughout the text. * End-of-Chapter Material: The end of each chapter contains a conclusion, review exercises, and further reading and Web resources, and references.
Norman, George
Tufts University 0-324-26130-6 (726 pages, Hardbound)
http://pepall.swlearning.com This textbook brings modern I/O analysis to the undergraduate level. Consistent with modern analysis, the authors focus explicitly on the nature of strategic interaction and make extensive use of game theoretic tools. At the same time, they never lose sight of the policy motivation behind much I/O analysis. Formal analysis is combined with many practical applications, and the presentation does not assume familiarity with calculus, rather it relies on the ability to work through algebraic equations. * Greater Flexibility: This edition boasts an entirely new chapter organization, while retaining the emphasis on game theory and repeated games. * Up-to-Date Cases of Price-Fixing: Coverage of price competition and price fixing has been completely updated with the latest examples, including Internet Service Providers, price wars in airline markets, and laser eye surgery, to better illustrate the comparisons and contrasts between the Cournot and Bertrand models.
Table of Contents
PART 1. INTERNATIONAL TRADE. PART 2. INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTION. PART 3. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE. PART 4. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT.
To order: 1-800-354-9706
27
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual with Test Bank PowerPoint (available online only) 0-324-17390-3 0-324-17387-3 0-324-17389-X
MICROECONOMICS FOR PUBLIC DECISIONS WITH ECONOMIC APPLICATIONS CARD, 2E

Copyright 2005
ECONOMICS
Steinemann, Anne
Georgia Institute of Technology
MACROECONOMIC DECISION MAKING IN THE WORLD ECONOMY, 4E

Copyright 2005
Brown, H.
Lincoln Institute of Land and Policy
Apgar, William
Harvard University 0-03-026471-5 (512 pages, Hardbound)
Rukstad, Michael
Harvard University 0-03-031591-3 (720 pages, Softbound)
http://steinemann.swlearning.com Microeconomics for Public Decisions is designed to focus on essential principles and analytical techniques for making decision that affect the public interest. It blends theory with applications and discussions so students will understand how and why microeconomics is important, how to perform economic analysis, and how to evaluate economic analysis performed by others. * Addresses Public Sector Decision: Covers the essential theoretical tools and concepts of microeconomics plus extensive coverage of topics related to public sector decisions, such as public goods, externalities, government intervention, and cost benefit analysis. * Addresses Advanced Topics: Complex concepts are explained with clarity, precision, and thoroughness, and topics such as welfare economics, public goods pricing, and cost benefit analysis that are often treated in more advanced microeconomics texts are included.
http://rukstad.swlearning.com The text is comprised of cases developed by the author for use in teaching his Managerial Macroeconomics course at the Harvard Business School. It offers both beginning and advanced students a framework of carefully-chosen macroeconomic cases that resemble events to which they will be exposed in their business careers and daily lives. Each case provides real-world detail with the necessary background material for supporting arguments on both sides of controversial issues. In using these cases, students not only learn macroeconomic concepts, they also learn to refine their judgment and decision-making skills. * Balanced Perspectives: Cases have been chosen to strike a better balance between the short-run and long-run macroeconomic viewpoints. * Improved Correlation with Core Macro Theoretical Material: To help students get into the cases and associate them properly with the theory they are learning, a list of pertinent theoretical concepts is now included in the extensive introduction to each case. In addition, lead-in questions and cross-references to the appropriate chapters in leading core macro texts are also provided. * Reorganized Material: Fiscal policy is now covered before monetary policy to better connect the material. * Connects Macroeconomic Theory and Application: This text helps both beginning and advanced students bridge the gap between theoretical rigor and practical application. These rich, real-world cases illustrate how macroeconomics can be used to understand policy issues and guide policy making. * Assumes Little Prerequisite Work in Economics: The cases and notes presuppose no previous knowledge of economics, making it accessible to the MBA student without an economics background. * Instructional Flexibility: The cases are self-contained and give instructors the flexibility to discuss concepts when, how, and at the level most suitable for their students. * Works With Standard Textbooks: Organization of topics coincides with leading Intermediate Macroeconomics texts so that the casebook can easily be integrated into an instructors syllabus along with the reading assignments from their core textbook. * Pedagogical Features: Pedagogy includes graphs, tables, discussion questions, and a glossary at the end of the text to help students learn the meaning and application of technical concepts.
Table of Contents
1. Overview of Economics. 2. Demand and Supply. 3. Market Dynamics and Interventions. 4. Choice and Demand. Appendix: Utility Maximization. 5. Costs and Supply. Appendix: Production Functions. 6. Efficiency and Equity. 7. Welfare Economics. 8. Monopoly and Degrees of Competition. 9. Externalities. 10. Public Goods. 11. Intertemporal Costs and Benefits. 12. Cost Benefit Analysis. 13. Cost Benefit Applications. 14. Imperfect Information, Risk, and Decision Analysis.
A BRIEF HISTORY OF ECONOMIC GENIUS

Copyright 2004
Strathern, Paul
Kingston University London; Trinity College 1-58799-189-6 (328 pages, Softbound)
Strathern uncovers the genuine progression of the development of mathematics and economic theory, from double-entry booking keeping to the discovery of standard deviation and the various applications of probability theory. Strathern manages his broad swath of historical information and condenses it into a very usable, readable and informative format.
Table of Contents
List of Illustrations Prologue 1.Something Out of Nothing Comes 2.The Richest Man in the World 3.Before Adam 4.The Founding Father 5.French Optimists and British Pessimists 6.Brave New Worlds 7.The Pleasure Principle 8.Workers of the World Unite 9.Measure for Measure 10.Into the Modern Age 11.Cometh the Hour, Cometh the Man 12.The Game to End All Games Epilogue: The Game Goes On Sources Index
Table of Contents
PART I. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMIC SYSTEMS, ANALYSIS, AND DECISION MAKING. PART II. ECONOMIES IN THE LONG RUN PART III. ECONOMIES IN THE SHORT RUN. PART IV. MACROECONOMIC POLICIES.
Supplements
28
GLOBALIZATION AND DEVELOPMENT: CASES IN NATIONAL ECONOMIC STRATEGIES, 2E

Copyright 2005
* Part Openers: These contain thorough explanations of how the chapters fit together in order to provide students a framework for learning the material. * Flow Charts: In the chapter openers there are flow charts that show how the various functions and entities interrelate. * Chapter Outline: Every chapter contains a chapter outline for organizational guidance. * Highlighted Definitions and Examples: Key terms are highlighted, with definitions that contain brief examples appearing in the margins. * Chapter Summary: Every chapter includes a summary in order to give students a chance to refresh what theyve learned. * Mathematical Examples: Within the chapters there are boxes that work the student through the mathematical steps to solve a problem. * Chapter Questions: Every chapter contains chapter questions so that students can review and test themselves on the important chapter concepts. * Chapter Exercises: There is an abundance of end of chapter exercises in order to give students ample practice in working out economic problems. * Internet Exercises: Each chapter lists several questions/topics that can be researched online.
Vietor, Richard
Harvard University 0-324-17185-4 (400 pages, Softbound)
ECONOMICS
http://vietor.swlearning.com This text contains cases developed for use in teaching international political economy at the Harvard Business School. They represent the major developmental trajectories that have defined the recent history of economic growth. The cases are as much political and institutional as they are economic and are based on Harvards way of teaching analytical methodology for managers called country analysis, which is a method of identifying the economic performance, social and political context, and national development strategy of a country or region. * New Cases: The cases included in this text cover the eight important trajectories of economic development. Each part of the world is covered from Asian growth to African renaissance to European integration. This text has new cases on Singapore, Saudi Arabia, Italy and Brazil. * Detailed Teaching Notes: The teaching notes provide excellent support for instructors, especially those new to the case method. * Case Method: The cases are designed to encourage class discussion and interaction, and help to get students to consider the issues from the point of view of the actors people and decision-makers within the country who must act within the social/political constraints of their context. * Teaching Flexibility: Cases are so broadly designed and so rich that instructors may apply their own skills and knowledge to design uniquely effective teaching plans.
Table of Contents
PART I. CONSUMERS SOVEREIGNTY. PART II. MARKETS AND CONSUMER INTERACTION. PART III. PRODUCERS RULES. PART IV. COMPETITIVE FORCES. PART V. MONOPOLY POWER. PART VI. STRATEGIC AGENT INTERACTION. PART VII. INPUT MARKETS. PART VIII. RISKY WORLD AND INTERTEMPORAL CHOICES. PART IX. MISSING MARKETS.
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual with Test Bank PowerPoint Presentation Slides (Available online only) Study Guide 0-324-20597-X 0-324-20596-1 0-324-20599-6 0-324-20595-3
Table of Contents
1. Savings, Productivity and Structured Growth. Case Study: Singapore Inc. 2. Gradual Transition from a Planned Economy. Case Study: China: Facing the 21st Century. 3. Import Substitution to Washington Consensus. Case Study: India on the Move. 4. State Socialism Disintegration. Case Study: Russia: The End of the Time of Troubles? Conceptual Note: The State. 5. Structural Adjustment Beyond the Washington Consensus. Case Study: Mexico: The Unfinished Agenda. 6. Regional Free Trade Amidst Instability. Case Study: Brazil: Embracing Globalization. 7. The African Renaissance. Case Study: South Africa: Getting in GEAR. 8. Islamic Resurgence. Case Study: Saudi Arabia: Getting the House in Order. Factual Note: World Oil Markets. 9. Regional Integration. Case Study: European Monetary Union. 10. Monetary Union and Microeconomic Competitiveness. Case Study: Italy: From Welfare State to Market Economy. 11. The Limits of Managed Growth. Case Study: Japan: Beyond the Bubble. 12. Deficits, Debt and Defense. Case Study: Excerpts from Economic Report of the President, 2003.
EUROPEAN MONETARY INTEGRATION: THE EURO

Copyright 2005
Zestos, George
Christopher Newport University 0-324-31787-5 (256 pages, Softbound)
http://www.swlearning.com This shorter text provides a complete overview of European economic and monetary integration and investigates the euros impact on Europe and the rest of the global economy. It takes an intuitive approach to explaining the complicated issues regarding the formation of the EMU and the introduction of the euro. * Historical overview of the key events leading up to the formation of three European communities provides a solid foundation for understanding current events. * Organized in a logical and readable manner, the text parallels EU development in tandem with the Euro. * Accessibly and intuitively written; the text is suitable for students without extensive backgrounds in International Economics or Finance.
Supplements
MICROECONOMIC THEORY: CONCEPTS AND CONNECTIONS

Copyright 2005
Wetzstein, Michael
University of Georgia 0-324-26029-6 (822 pages, Hardbound)
http://wetzstein.swlearning.com This book is a calculus-based microeconomic theory text for undergraduates and graduates that successfully balances theoretical/intuitive (verbal), graphical (visual), and mathematical presentation in order to appeal to various learning styles.
Table of Contents
1. Introduction. 2. A Historical Review of European Monetary Integration. 3. An Optimum Currency Area. 4. A New Currency for Europe: the Euro. 5. Monetary and Fiscal Policy in the Euro Area. 6. The Euro Exchange Rate. 7. The Enlargement of the EU and the EMU.
To order: 1-800-354-9706
29
L FINANCE
OTHER ECONOMICS TITLES AVAILABLE FROM THOMSON SOUTH-WESTERN.

The Financial System and the Economy: Principles of Money and Banking, 3E Burton, Maureen, California State Polytechnic University, Pomona Lombra, Raymond, Pennsylvania State University, University Park ISBN: 0-324-07182-5 Copyright 2003 The Economics of E-Commerce and the Internet Deak, Edward, Fairfield University ISBN: 0-324-13381-2 Copyright 2004 Elements of Forecasting, 3E Diebold, Francis, University of Pennsylvania ISBN: 0-324-16382-7 Copyright 2004 Macroeconomics with Macro Tools CD-ROM, 2E Farmer, Roger, University of California-Los Angeles ISBN: 0-324-06971-5 Copyright 2002 Fundamentals of Managerial Economics, 7E Hirschey, Mark, University of Kansas ISBN: 0-324-18331-3 Copyright 2003 Managerial Economics, 10E Hirschey, Mark, University of Kansas ISBN: 0-324-18330-5 Copyright 2003 Essentials of Economics, 3E Mankiw, N. Gregory, Harvard University ISBN: 0-324-17191-9 Copyright 2004 Introduction to Economics, 2E Lieberman, Marc, New York University Hall, Robert, Stanford University ISBN: 0-324-27511-0 Copyright 2004 Strategy and Conflict: A Non-Technical Introduction to Game Theory McCain, Roger, Drexel University ISBN: 0-324-17572-8 Copyright 2004 Macroeconomics: Theory, Policy, & International Applications, 3E Miller, Roger LeRoy, Institute for University Studies, Arlington, Texas VanHoose, David, Baylor University ISBN: 0-324-15992-7 Copyright 2004 Money, Banking and Financial Markets, 2E Miller, Roger, Institute for University Studies, Arlington, Texas VanHoose, David, Baylor University ISBN: 0-324-15993-5 Copyright 2004 Intermediate Microeconomics and Its Application, 9E Nicholson, Walter, Amherst College ISBN: 0-324-17163-3 Copyright 2004 Managerial Economics in a Global Economy, 5E Salvatore, Dominick, Fordham University ISBN: 0-324-17187-0 Copyright 2004 A Brief History of Economic Genius Strathern, Paul, Kingston University London; Trinity College ISBN: 1-58799-128-4 Copyright 2002 E-Commerce Economics VanHoose, David D., Baylor University ISBN: 0-324-12880-0 Copyright 2003 The World Economy: Trade and Finance, 6E Yarbrough, Beth V., Amherst College Yarbrough, Robert M., Amherst College ISBN: 0-324-18329-1 Copyright 2003 I
FINANCE
ESSENTIALS OF MANAGERIAL FINANCE WITH THOMSON ONE, 13E
Copyright 2005
Besley, Scott
University of South Florida
Brigham, Eugene
University of Florida 0-324-25875-5 (848 pages, Softbound)
http://besley.swlearning.com Essentials of Managerial Finance is the classic that started the First in Finance franchise. Now in its Thirteenth Edition, this best-selling text is renowned for its excellent blend of theoretical and applied material, comprehensive support package, and applicable real-world examples. In addition to its continued coverage of such hot topics as multinational finance, ethical dilemma discussions are incorporated throughout the text. Formerly known as Weston/Besley/Brigham, Scott Besley is now the primary author. * Thomson ONE - Business School Edition, a product of Thomson Financials Investment Banking Group: This valuable resource allows students access to real company data and the ability to apply the most reliable information on financials, earnings estimates, market data, and source documents. * Thomson ONE Problems: Most chapters include problems that use the Thomson ONE Academic online database to work out the problems solution. * Includes the authors proven pedagogy: Such as worked-out examples, extensive end-of-chapter problem sets, a running marginal glossary, concept check stations, bulleted summaries, and useful financial tables included in each chapter. * Ethical Dilemma Boxes: Keeping in step with the texts emphasis on real-world issues, these realistic situations are set up for the users to think about the actions he or she would take in complicated situations. Discussions are included in the instructors manual.
Table of Contents
PART I. INTRODUCTION TO MANAGERIAL FINANCE. PART II. ESSENTIAL CONCEPTS IN MANAGERIAL FINANCE. PART IV. COST OF CAPITAL, LEVERAGE, AND DIVIDEND POLICY. PART V. FORECASTING, PLANNING, AND CONTROL. PART VI. WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT. PART VII. STRATEGIC LONG-TERM FINANCING DECISIONS.
Supplements
Blueprints ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides Study Guide Test Bank WebTutor Advantage on Blackboard WebTutor Advantage on WebCT WebTutor ToolBox for Blackboard WebTutor ToolBox for WebCT 0-324-25937-9 0-324-25880-1 0-324-25877-1 0-324-25879-8 0-324-25881-X 0-324-25876-3 0-324-25878-X 0-324-23604-2 0-324-23603-4 0-534-27489-7 0-534-27488-9
30
TAX UPDATE OF PLANNING YOUR FINANCIAL FUTURE, 3E

Copyright 2005
Boone, Louis
University of South Alabama
This text remains the only text in the market that presents a balance of financial theory and applications. The authors maintain the same four goals as with the first edition: helping learners to make good financial decisions, providing a solid text for the introductory MBA course, motivating learners by demonstrating finance is relevant and interesting, and presenting the material clearly. * The big picture: a corporate valuation framework boxes explicitly show how a chapters material is related to corporate valuation so that students can keep the big picture in mind even as they focus on a chapters specific topics. * Corporate governance: failures, fraud, and ethics. It is important for students to understand how corporate ethics as well as operating performance can affect firms values. The key recent ethical abuses are discussed in Chapter 1 and elsewhere throughout the book. In addition, Chapter 15 specifically addresses corporate governance and the actions both firms and governmental units can take to minimize such events in the future. * Thomson ONEBusiness School Edition: Thomson ONE provides downloadable financial statements as Excel worksheets for 500 wellknown companies along with I/B/E/S earnings estimates, ratio comparisons with peer companies, Datastream stock prices, 10 year Thomson Financials, Worldscope market data, and current company news. Students can develop real-world skills through a set of projects at the end of each chapter that require them to access and use these data sources. * Financial options and real options: Chapter 8 covers financial options in a stand-alone manner, and Chapter 12 then builds on this base in its coverage of real options. Separating options into two chapters allowed increased coverage of financial options (which now include introduction to binomial pricing), and it also provides more flexibility to instructors who may wish to cover only one of the topics. * Streamlined financial forecasting: Financial forecasting is important, but it can get very complex. Chapter 14 now presents a streamlined but still robust approach to forecasting, while a Web Extension covers the more complex technical issues. * Working capital management: For those who wish to cover only one chapter of working capital, we moved the key topics into Chapter 22. For those who want more extensive coverage, Chapters 27 and 28 are available as four-color PDF files on the books Web site. * Multi-disciplinary Approach: Subjects explain how all areas of business affect and are affected by corporate finance. * Tool Kit: Available to show how the calculations required in each chapter are done with Excel. * Web Safaris: Beginning with a description of the data needed to solve a problem, web safaris contain hyperlinks to the appropriate web site, along with a series of screen shots that take the user step-bystep through the site to the desired data.
Kurtz, David
University of Arkansas Fayetteville
FINANCE
Hearth, Douglas
University of Arkansas 0-324-31926-6 (544 pages, Softbound)
http://boone.swlearning.com The goal of this text is to help one make better financial decisions. It adopts a life-cycle approach to financial planning. The writing style, designed for readers with diverse educational backgrounds, is informal and relatively non-technical. The emphasis is on practical application and decision making. Concepts are reinforced with diverse real-life examples, up-to-date information, expert advice, and a problem solving format. * Easy-to-complete worksheets: A complete set of blank worksheets is included in the text. Computerized versions of most are included in the Personal Finance Wizard software that is packaged with each new copy of the text. * Personal Financial Plans: Material has been moved to Chapter 1 to set a foundation. * New material on jobs and benefits: New information on using the internet to find jobs along with new material on employee benefits has been added. * Fraud and Identity Theft: New material in Chapter 7 to help protect oneself against internet related fraud and identity theft. * Renter and Landlords: New material added in Chapter 8 on rights and responsibilities of each party. * Long Term Care: Chapter 10 includes new insurance information on this important topic. * Financing a College Education: Chapter 15 includes various options including UTMA, 529 accounts, and sources of financial aid.
Table of Contents
PART I. PERSONAL FINANCE TOOLS. PART 2. BASIC MONEY MANAGEMENT. PART 3. EFFECTIVE BUYING. PART 4. PURCHASING PROTECTION. PART 5. INVESTING - BUILDING WEALTH. PART 6. FINANCIAL PLANNING FOR TOMORROW.
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual with Test Bank Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides Study Guide 0-324-18029-2 0-324-18032-2 0-324-18031-4 0-324-26077-6 0-324-18030-6
Table of Contents
PART I. FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. PART II. SECURITIES AND THEIR VALUATION. PART III. PROJECTS AND THEIR VALUATION. PART IV. CORPORATE VALUATION. PART V. STRATEGIC FINANCING DECISIONS. PART VI. TACTICAL FINANCING DECISIONS. PART VII. SPECIAL TOPICS. WEB CHAPTERS.
Supplements
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND PRACTICE WITH THOMSON ONE, 11E

Copyright 2005
Blueprints ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides Study Guide Technology Supplement Test Bank WebTutor ToolBox for Blackboard WebTutor ToolBox for WebCT
0-324-22409-5 0-324-22411-7 0-324-22407-9 0-324-22412-5 0-324-22413-3 0-324-22406-0 0-03-023372-0 0-324-22408-7 0-534-27489-7 0-534-27488-9
Brigham, Eugene
Ehrhardt, Michael
University of Tennessee 0-324-25968-9 (992 pages, Hardbound)
http://brigham.swlearning.com
To order: 1-800-354-9706
31
FINANCE ONLINE CASE LIBRARY 2005, 2E

Copyright 2005
PRICE TRENDS AND INVESTMENT PROBABILITIES

Copyright 2005
Brigham, Eugene
Dussault, Thomas
University of Illinois President, Financial and Investment Services, Inc. 0-324-27150-6 (352 pages, Hardbound)
FINANCE
Klein, Linda
University of Connecticut 0-324-20291-1
http://finance.swlearning.com The Finance Online Case Library is an extensive database of over 150 directed and non-directed cases drawing from a range of key financial topics such as fundamental concepts, financial analysis and forecasting, capital budgeting, leasing, cost of capital, capital structure, working capital management, dividend policy, long-term financial decisions, mergers, entrepreneurship, and special topics. * Five cases in popular areas like capital budgeting, working capital, and capital structure. * Our new site and the TextChoice database allows instructors to easily create, edit, and receive their case materials quickly. Take a look at the updated cases, and enjoy the service and support of our new delivery system! * Cases have been updated to reflect current market conditions and new cases are added continuously. * Many features that previous users have enjoyed have been retained, such as descriptions of the cases, level of difficulty, both directed and non-directed versions of cases, and spreadsheets for most of the cases.
Price Trends & Investment Probabilities is intended for the serious trader with one goal in mind: outperforming the market indices. Dussault, President of Financial and Investment Service, Inc. and 25 years of trading experience, examines long, medium and short-term trading strategies and provides the facts and myths that surround each strategy. He provides valuable insight into the psychology of the market and pricing and equips you with the tools necessary to manage portfolios of any size. * Targeted to the stock trader, Price Trends and Investment Probabilities focuses on technical analysis- not fundamental analysis. * Dussault offers insightful coverage of when and how to enter a position (entering strategies), as well as when and how to exit positions (exiting strategies). * The section on measuring investment performance includes facts and myths, as well as several supporting examples. * Emphasizes price trend analysis.
Table of Contents
I. PLANNING AND EDUCATION. 1. Measuring Investment Performance - Fact and Myth. 2. Investments Essentials for Trend Analysis. 3. Investment Preparedness and the Psychology of Investing. II. TAKING INVESTMENT ACTION. 4. Position for the Opening Transaction: Strategy and Selection Sequences. 5. Executing the Opening Transaction. 6. Exiting the Transaction and When To Sell for a Profit. Epilogue. Appendices.
CAPITAL ACCOUNT: A FUND MANAGER REPORTS ON A TURBULENT DECADE (1993-2002)

Copyright 2004
Chancellor, Edward
The Economist, Financial Times, and the Wall Street Journal 1-58799-180-2 (272 pages, Hardbound)
MANAGING FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, 5E

Copyright 2005
Gardner, Mona
Illinois Wesleyan University
With the stock market plummeting to new depths daily, and in the aftermath of the bursting of the technology bubble, a new investment tool is required. This has to be based in reality and take account of the lessons learned from the over-pricing, over-hyping of recent years which was perpetrated by many banks and analysts. Marathon Asset Managements capital cycle approach is just such a tool. Revealed and explained by means of a captivating series of client reports written throughout the boom and bust years of the past turbulent decade, and given context and explanation by the acclaimed financial writer and commentator Edward Chancellor, Marathons capital cycle approach will help investors to avoid stock market bubbles in future or identify undervalued shares in a bear market.
Mills, Dixie
Illinois State University
Cooperman, Elizabeth
University of Colorado at Denver 0-324-26931-5 (864 pages, Softbound)
http://gardner.swlearning.com This dynamic text allows learners to analyze and apply theory to managing performance for financial institutions. This text provides the necessary institutional detail that learners need to know to be successful in the management of financial services firms. Numerous applied cases are included so learners can better understand how the concepts are applied. Targeted at the MBA corporate finance course, this book can also be used for both a banking course and financial institution management course. * Managerial focus: Consistent and integrated managerial focus uses an asset/liability approach to address management problem solving in financial institutions. * Integrated treatment of all depository institutions: Addresses the similarities among the growing array of financial institutions, from banks to diversified financial services firms. * Chapter materials: End-of-Chapter Internet Activities and Resources, cases from Harvard Business Cases and Darden Graduate School of Business, accompany chapter materials.
Table of Contents
Prologue 1. If youre so rich why arent you so smart? 2. A bizarre accounting method 3. A mathematical meditation on history 4. Randomness, nonsense, and the scientific intellectual 5. Survival of the least fit - can evolution be fooled by randomness? 6. Skewness and Asymmetry 7. The problem of induction 8. Too many millionaires next door 9. It is easier to buy and sell than fry an egg 10. Loser takes all - on the nonlinearities of life 11. Randomness and our brain: we are probability blind 12. Gamblers ticks and pigeons in a box 13. Carneades comes to Rome: on probability and skepticism 14. Bacchus abandons antony Epilogue: Solon told you so
32
Table of Contents
PART I: THE ENVIRONMENT OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT. PART II: BANKS AND OTHER DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS AND THEIR ANALYSIS. PART II. MANAGEMENT AND RISK ISSUES FOR DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS. PART IV. CREDIT MANAGEMENT AND CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT. PART V. LIQUIDITY AND LIABILITY RISK MANAGEMENT. PART VI. MANAGING CONTRACTUAL FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS & SECURITY FIRMS. PART IV. MANAGING FINANCE COMPANIES AND DIVERSIFIED FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS, TECHNOLOGICAL AND GLOBALIZATION ISSUES.
WebTutor Advantage on Blackboard WebTutor Advantage on WebCT WebTutor ToolBox for Blackboard WebTutor ToolBox for WebCT
0-324-23602-6 0-324-23601-8 0-534-27489-7 0-534-27488-9
FINANCE
THE NEW BASEL CAPITAL ACCORD

Copyright 2004
Supplements
Instructors Manual with Test Bank 0-324-26934-X
Gup, Benton E.
University of Alabama 0-324-20298-9 (360 pages, Hardbound)
PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING, 10E

Copyright 2005
Gitman, Lawrence
San Diego State University
Joehnk, Michael
Arizona State University 0-324-28247-8 (704 pages, Softbound)
http://gitman.swlearning.com This text, now in its tenth edition, is clear and concise with shorter chapters that allow for flexible course organization without compromising coverage. Designed as a mid-level approach to personal financial planning, this text is written in a conversational style with many real-life examples. The life-cycle approach, practical applications, and decision-making focus are reinforced with expert advice, helpful tools, and real-life examples. * Completely Updated Tax Information: Provides the most current coverage available. * Boxed features: Provide financial lessons to walk away with. * Advisory Element: Show how changes in finances can affect a person and how planning can help. * All New Financial Planning Software: Included with every text to help solve specific chapter concepts, worksheets, problems, and cases. * Updated Smart Sites: Brief boxes within each chapter that direct the reader to specific sites closely related to the topics under discussion. * Updated Money in Action Boxes: Chapter boxes help ground many of the text discussions to actual financial planning ideas, experiences, practices, events, etc. * Updated Financial Roadsigns: Included in every chapter, giving helpful hints, suggestions, and ideas for personal financial planning. * Financial Shock Experience: Each chapter opens with an engaging financial shock experienced by an individual family that is tied in to each chapter. * Concept Check Boxes: Appear at the end of each section for users to check their understanding of the material in each section.
Becoming operational in 2007, the Basel Capital Accord initiative is an effort to bring order to international capital markets and level the playing field for banks. Bottom line, officials hope to align capital with the risks faced by banks. However, despite the worldwide endorsements by regulators, the Accord may not be the sure thing everyone hopes it will be. It is very costly to implement and is not suitable for all banks. The question remains, though: Will it succeed? Gathering perspectives from the top minds in the field of international banking and finance, Gups intriguing book The New Basel Capital Accord offers authoritative, provocative, and practical discussion and analysis of the impact of the Accord and discusses new opportunities for regulatory arbitrage. * Invaluable Insight: An excellent preparation tool, The New Basal Capital Accord offers bankers a glimpse of what may be in store for them when the Accord becomes fully operational. Providing a defensive weapon against what may lie ahead, it enables readers to prepare for the unexpected, as well as to anticipate any hazards and perils that may come with the Accords provisions. * Top Bankers: The contributors include a mix of academics and practitioners who are all highly regarded in their field and well qualified to offer authoritative insight into this important initiative.
Table of Contents
Introduction to the Basel Capital Accords by Benton E. Gup. The New Basel Capital Accord: Is 8% Adequate? by Benton E. Gup. Is the New Basel Accord Incentive Compatible? by Paul H. Kupiec. Basel II Creates an Uneven Playing Field by Benton E. Gup. Bank Lending and the Effectiveness of Monetary Policy Under the Revised Basel Accord by Kevin T. Jacques and David C. Schirm. Optionality and The New Basel Capital Accord by Robert Brooks and Benton E. Gup. Market Discipline: Is it Fact or Fiction? by Benton E. Gup. The New Basel Capital Accord and Questions for Research by Marc Saidenberg and Til Schuermann. How and Why Banks Fail by Ben Branch. The Impact of the Basel II Capital on Australian Banks by Peter Docherty, Chris Terry, and Rowan Trayler. Basel Skepticism- From a Hungarian Perspective by Julia Kirly and Katalin Mr. The New Basel Capital Accord and Is Impact on Japanese Banking: A Qualitative Analysis by Adrian Van Rixtel.
THE POWER OF GLOBAL CAPITAL: NEW INTERNATIONAL RULES-NEW GLOBAL RISKS

Copyright 2005
Table of Contents
1. Understanding the Financial Planning Process. 2. Your Financial Statements and Plans. 3. Managing Your Taxes. 4. Managing Your Cash and Savings. 5. Making Automobile and Housing Decisions. 6. Borrowing on Open Account. 7. Using Consumer Loans. 8. Insuring Your Life. 9. Insuring Your Health. 10. Protecting Your Property. 11. Investment Planning. 12. Investing in Stocks and Bonds. 13. Investing in Mutual Funds. 14. Planning for Retirement. 15. Preserving Your Estate.
Hyman, Michael
University of Miami London School of Economics CEO, GH Asset Management, LTD., London, England 0-538-72700-4 (240 pages, Hardbound)
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual with Test Bank Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides 0-324-29146-9 0-324-29145-0 0-324-29148-5 0-324-29144-2
No investor or business person can do without a clear understanding of what is going on out there in the now global business world. This innovative book provides a way to stay informed and learn the economic indicators that affect global capital as well as the new financial rules carved out by the market.
To order: 1-800-354-9706
33
* This book provides a comprehensive overview of the inter-workings of global capital markets. * It discusses the impact of globalization and technology on capital markets. * It provides insightful analysis of the impact fiscal and monetary policy has on international investment.
PRACTICAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT WITH THOMSON ONE, 4E

Copyright 2005
Lasher, William R.
Nichols College 0-324-26076-8 (784 pages, Softbound)
FINANCE
Table of Contents
1. Introduction 2. Global Capital Markets 3. Fiscal Policymaking 4. Monetary Policymaking 5. Real Interest Rates 6. Investment Strategies 7. Global Financial Risks 8. Currency and Liquidity Crises 9. What is EMU? 10. Will There Be Life After EMU? 11. Debt Crises 12. The Power of Global Capital: New International Rules- New Global Risks Index
http://lasher.swlearning.com A text that offers clear, concise, and practical real world treatment of key financial management topics with the assumption readers have little knowledge of financial concepts. Advanced math is eliminated from the theory sections and everyday math is geared towards making the material useful yet understandable, supported by numerous workedout examples and graphical and intuitive presentations of math where appropriate. * Business Analysis Problems: At the end of each chapter, the business analysis problem serves as a mini-case for critical thinking, and brings together concepts studied in the chapter. * Video Icons: Accessed through the Lasher Xtra! Web site, difficult concepts are illustrated from each chapter and explained via streaming video and animated tutorials. * Thomson ONE - Business School Edition is a Web-based product that gives integrated access to Thomson Financial content for the purpose of financial analysis, providing a full range of fundamental financials, earnings estimates, and market data for hundreds of realworld companies. * INSIGHTS: Real Applications: Features that provide insights into the operations and processes of real companies, highlighting numerous financial scenarios involving well-known corporations. * INSIGHTS: Practical Finance: Updated and replaced throughout, these insights provide information, analysis, and commentary on current topics in the financial world. * INSIGHTS: Ethics: Ethics boxes delve into ethical issues faced by financial managers, that are relevant to the topics being discussed, or that pertain to high-interest issues. * From the CFO: This feature highlights material thats based on the authors experience as a CFO.
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS

Copyright 2004
Kleeburg, Richard
Pan American Bank, FSB 0-324-20056-0 (256 pages, Hardbound)
While the conditions for initial public offerings can come and go depending upon stock markets and their behavior the preparation, desire, planning, and expectations of IPOs go on continuously. It is the dream of every entrepreneur to go public and cash out a lifetimes worth of work.
Table of Contents
I. Introduction: making sure that an IPO is the right strategy. II. Moving ahead with the IPO process: financing alternatives. III. Effective planning of the IPO. IV. Taking the company public. V. Operations after an IPO. VI. Which stock market to use. VII. SEC registration rules and restrictions. VIII. Review of statistical data: staying focused. IX. Corporate housekeeping. X. Conclusion.
THE WASHING MACHINE: HOW MONEY LAUNDERING AND TERRORIST FINANCING SOILS US
Copyright 2004
Table of Contents
PART 1. INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. PART 2. DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW AND THE VALUE OF SECURITIES. PART 3. BUSINESS INVESTMENT DECISIONS - CAPITAL BUDGETING. PART 4. LONGTERM FINANCING ISSUES. PART 5. OPERATIONS ISSUES - WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT AND PLANNING. PART 6. CURRENT TOPICS IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT.
Kochan, Nick
Sunday Times business team and has written for almost every important British publication 1-58799-159-4 (256 pages, Hardbound)
This book takes the reader deep inside the world of money laundering and shows it to be a highly sophisticated, global business worth trillions of dollars, and one that poses a serious and systemic threat to entire Western economies. Investigative journalist and financial expert Nick Kochan profiles the perpetrators and the investigators, and explains the methods employed by international criminals and terrorists to turn dirty money into untraceable wealth. The effort to stop this sinister financial pipeline is one of the highest profile law enforcement activities in the world at present. But is it a losing battle? The Washing Machine reveals that the dual forces of globalization and a lack of true international co-operation are playing directly into the hands of the criminals.
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Excel Templates Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM Personal Trainer PowerPoint Presentation Slides Practice Problems Study Guide Test Bank WebTutor Advantage on Blackboard WebTutor Advantage on WebCT WebTutor ToolBox for Blackboard WebTutor ToolBox for WebCT 0-324-22152-5 0-324-28264-8 0-324-28260-5 0-324-22222-X 0-324-22414-1 0-324-28262-1 0-324-28922-7 0-324-28259-1 0-324-28261-3 0-324-31941-X 0-324-31940-1 0-534-27489-7 0-534-27488-9
34
SHORT -TERM FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, 3E

Copyright 2005
CONTEMPORARY FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT FUNDAMENTALS WITH THOMSON ONE

Copyright 2005
Maness, Terry
Baylor University
Moyer, R.
Wake Forest University
Zietlow, John
Lee University 0-324-20293-8 (656 pages, Softbound)
FINANCE
McGuigan, James
JRM Investments
http://maness.swlearning.com Short-term financial management skills are increasingly important. Written by authors who both hold Certified Cash Managers credentials, this comprehensive book offers broad coverage of treasury and working capital management, while using valuation and the cash flow timeline as integrating themes. * Integrative Cases: Both chapter-ending and integrative cases throughout the text enable students to apply and integrate the material they learn. * Updated Practice Inset Boxes: Up-to-date coverage of business practices alert users to current practices. * Valuation Approach: Combined with long-term investment decisions (capital budgeting) so that users learn a consistent, value-maximizing framework. * Research Findings: Added to inventory management, credit management, collections, cash position, disbursements, and electronic commerce. * Integration of the Internet: Explanations of companies using the Internet for treasury management are incorporated throughout the text.
Rao, Ramesh
Oklahoma State University 0-324-01577-1 (640 pages, Hardbound)
http://moyer.swlearning.com This text is a streamlined text for basic financial management. It provides a brief introduction to financial management, incorporating shareholder wealth maximization and cash flow management focus, with emphasis on international financial management and ethical behavior of managers. * Excel Problems and Examples: Throughout the text, many examples are solved using both calculator and spreadsheet solutions. Excel examples and problems are highlighted with an icon and Excel templates are available on the text Web site. * Calculator Application Illustrations: Step-by-step calculator keystrokes set up in a generic calculator format and can be used with virtually any financial calculator. * Self-test Problems: Each chapter includes end-of-chapter self-test problems, complete with detailed solutions, that readers can use for further practice and enhanced understanding of the concepts developed in the chapter. * Intuitive use of Notation: Notation in the text is simplified and intuitive to aid learning. Summary of the key notation used throughout the book is located on back cover. * Finance In the News: Notes remind readers to check the Finance In the News resource on the South-Western Finance Resource Center for current article synopses related to chapter topics. * FinanceLinks Online: Accessed through the South-Western Finance Resource Center, users learn about Internet links that provide data and information.
Table of Contents
PART I. INTRODUCTION TO LIQUIDITY. PART II. MANAGEMENT OF WORKING CAPITAL. PART III. CORPORATE CASH MANAGEMENT. PART IV. FORECASTING AND PLANNING. PART V. SHORT-TERM INVESTMENT AND FINANCING. PART VI. SPECIAL TOPICS.
Supplements
Instructors Manual Test Bank 0-324-20294-6 0-324-20295-4
* Corporate Finance Online: Resource available at the South-Western Finance Resource Center providing additional information on chapter topics, in brief, bite-sized chunks. * Video Icons: Accessed through the Moyer Xtra! Web site, difficult concepts are illustrated from each chapter and explained via streaming video and animated tutorials.
EARNINGS MANAGEMENT: AN EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE

Copyright 2004
* Concept Check Questions: Quizzes readers on their understanding of the material, and lets them know if theyve mastered the topics.
Table of Contents
PART I. INTRODUCTION. PART II. DETERMINANTS OF VALUATION. PART III. THE CAPITAL INVESTMENT DECISION. PART IV. CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND DIVIDEND POLICY. PART V. FINANCIAL PLANNING, WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, AND INTERNATIONAL FINANCE.
McKee, Thomas
East Tennessee State University 0-324-22325-0 (216 pages, Hardbound)
Earnings Management solves a big business problem: how can I manage earnings legally? This book helps the reader manage earnings with 28 legal techniques. By understanding these techniques better, they will do a better job of managing earnings.
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Excel Templates Instructors Manual Instructors Manual with Instructors Resource CD-ROM Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides Access Passport Study Guide Test Bank WebTutor Advantage on Blackboard 0-324-05880-2 0-324-06075-0 0-324-31943-6 0-324-06069-6 0-324-06078-5 0-324-06074-2 0-324-14893-3 0-324-06081-5 0-324-06077-7
Table of Contents
1. What is Earnings Management? 2. Popular Earnings Management Techniques 3. Why Practice Earnings Management? 4. Ethical, Regulatory, and Legal Considerations 5. Research on Earnings Management 6. Quality of Earning 7. Cookie Jar Reserve Techniques 8. Big Bath Techniques 9. Big Bet on the Future 10. Flushing the Investment Portfolio Techniques 11. Throw out a Problem Child 12. If You Dont Like Your GAAP, Change it 13. Long-Term Asset Write-Off Methods 14. Sale/Leaseback Techniques 15. Above the Line Versus Below the Line 16. Early Retirement of Debt 17. Shrink the Ship 18. Implementing Earnings Management and Managing Analysts Expectations
To order: 1-800-354-9706
35
CAPITAL BUDGETING AND LONG-TERM FINANCING DECISIONS, 4E

Copyright 2005
Table of Contents
Preface 1. Cash Flow Disruptions 2. Disarray in Accounts Payable and Receivable 3. Inventory Shortfalls 4. Profit and Contribution Margin Analysis Are Off 5. Anemic Financial Statements 6. Costs Cut Into Profits 7. Financing Undermines Business Development 8. Risk Overshadows Return 9. Budgeting and Forecasting Problems 10. Noncompetitive Compensation 11. Sales and Advertising Miss Margins 12. Weak Internal Controls 13. Business Ownership Threatened 14. Tax Planning and Preparation
Seitz, Neil
St. Louis University
FINANCE
Ellison, Mitch
Quincy University 0-324-25808-9 (912 pages, Hardbound)
http://seitz.swlearning.com This text explores all areas of capital budgeting and all the strategies used to make long-term financing decisions. Utilizing a strategic framework, it discusses how the key concepts synchronize with overall corporate strategies and goals. This text covers practical capital budgeting and long-term financing decisions in a way that is comprehensive, applicable, understandable, and flexible. * Updated Research Developments: Updated with new research developments in the field, such as the extensive debate and research surrounding the appropriate risk premium. * Updated Company Examples: Updated company examples throughout the text create the most current presentation possible. * Foundation for Optimal Capital Budgeting: The text follows a natural progression from the development of basic principles (introduction to finance, strategy, and valuation principles) to the application of those principles in increasingly complex circumstances. * Footnotes: The placement of proofs and calculus in the footnotes allows the instructor to either skip over this material or draw attention to it, depending on the level of student preparation. * Case Studies: Many chapters end with a case study that applies the ideas of the chapter to a real life capital budgeting situation. Each part ends with a case study that draws upon concepts presented in that part of the book, for application to an actual decision-making process. * International Investment Discussions: Integrated throughout the text for comprehensive coverage. * Excel Software Examples: Providing practice in spreadsheet analysis, excel software examples mirror all applicable in-chapter examples.
DERIVATIVES: AN INTRODUCTION, 2E
Copyright 2005
Strong, Robert
University of Maine 0-324-27302-9 (512 pages, Hardbound)
http://strong.swlearning.com Bob Strongs practical, applied approach, and his ability to explain the intuition underlying the math, makes this text the first truly accessible, yet comprehensive, derivatives book. Supporting the basic idea that derivatives need not be presented in a mathematically complex framework, this text is conversational rather than professorial. * Intuitive Presentation of Interest Rate Swaps Pricing: Pricing of interest rate swaps is taught in an intuitive fashion, drawing on concepts from bond pricing and spot rates, such as the analogy between bond yield to maturity and the swap fixed rate. * Coverage of Innovative Derivative Products: The text provides an overview of the use of innovative derivative products like exotic options, weather derivatives, catastrophe futures, and volatility spreads, but does not go into their pricing or valuation. * Derivatives Today Boxes: The boxes appear throughout the text and describe a contemporary event, some aspect of a derivative product, or something unusual about the market place. * Logic of Option Pricing: The text provides substantial intuition into the logic of option pricing. The rolling a pair of dice example is a helpful transition from binomial pricing to the Black-Scholes model. * Hedger and Speculator References: Since derivative markets do not normally function well unless there are both hedgers and speculators present, the text makes frequent reference to both groups of participants rather than splitting the hedging and speculating functions into different areas.
Table of Contents
PART I. STRATEGY AND VALUE. PART II. CAPITAL INVESTMENT CHOICE. PART III. ESTIMATING CASH FLOWS. PART IV. RISK AND INVESTMENT CHOICE. PART V. FINANCING DECISIONS AND REQUIRED RETURN. PART VI. SPECIAL TOPICS.
Table of Contents
1. Introduction. Appendix: A Review of Basic Statistics. 2. Basic Principles of Stock Options. 3. Basic Option Strategies. 4. Option Combinations and Spreads. 5. Option Pricing. Appendix: Multi-Period Binomial Pricing. 6. The Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model. 7. Delta, Gamma, and Theta. 8. Fundamentals of the Futures Market. 9. Stock Index Futures. 10. Foreign Exchange Futures. 11. Interest Rate Futures. 12. Futures Contracts and Portfolio Management. 13. Swaps and Interest Rate Options. 14. Swap Pricing. 15. Other Derivative Assets. 16. An Overview of Financial Engineering. 17. Contemporary Issues.
Supplements
THE FINANCIAL TROUBLESHOOTER

Copyright 2004
Supplements
Instructors Manual with Test Bank PowerPoint Presentation Slides Study Guide 0-324-27303-7 0-324-27305-3 0-324-27304-5
Shim, Jae
California State University, Long Beach 0-324-20648-8 (352 pages, Hardbound)
The Financial Troubleshooter is a handy desk reference for effective business management. Covering every facet of the daily management of a business finances, it is designed to help managers pinpoint, resolve, and prevent financial problems. In each case, it points out potential spillover effects in which a problem in one sector can disrupt operations in other areas.
36
FOOLED BY RANDOMNESS: THE HIDDEN ROLE OF CHANCE IN LIFE AND IN THE MARKETS, 2E
Copyright 2004
Table of Contents
PART I. RISK AND THE RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS. PART II. COMMERCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS: PROPERTY-LIABILITY. PART III. PERSONAL RISK MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS: PROPERTY-LIABILITY. PART IV. RISK MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS: LIFE, HEALTH, AND INCOME EXPOSURES. PART V. THE RISK MANAGEMENT ENVIRONMENT. APPENDICES.
Taleb, Nassim
Empirica Capital LLC; Courant Institute of Mathematical Science of New York University 1-58799-190-X (312 pages, Hardbound)
FINANCE
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual with Test Bank Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides 0-324-18322-4 0-324-18321-6 0-324-31850-2 0-324-31867-7
Selected by Amazon.com and the Financial Times as one of the best business books of the year, Fooled by Randomness is an instant classic. Its uniqueness has drawn to it a wide following - from the New Yorker to the Pentagon. Already published in 14 languages, this new edition, expanded by over 80 pages, includes up-to-date advances from behavioral finance and cognitive science.
Table of Contents
Preface and Acknowledgements Chapter Summaries Prologue Mosques in the Clouds Part I: Solons Warning - Skewness, Asymmetry Introduction One: If youre so rich why arent you so smart? Two: A Bizarre Accounting Method Three: A Mathematical Meditation on History Four: Randomness, Nonsense, and the Scientific Intellectual Five: Survival of the Least Fit - Can Evolution Be Fooled by Randomness? Six: Skewness and Asymmetry Seven: The Problem of Induction Part II: Monkeys on Typewriters - Survivorship and Other Biases Eight: Too Many Millionaires Next Door Nine: It is Easier to Buy and Sell Than Fry an Egg Ten: Loser Takes All - On the Nonlinearities of Life Eleven: Randomness and Our Brain: We Are Probability Blind Part III: Wax In My Ears Living With Randomitis Twelve: Gamblers Ticks and Pigeons in a Box Thirteen: Carnedes Comes to Rome: On Probability and Skepticism Fourteen: Bacchus Abandons Antony Epilogue: Solon Told You So References Acknowledgments for the First Edition Index About the Author Colophonx
OTHER FINANCE TITLES AVAILABLE FROM THOMSON SOUTH-WESTERN.

Survivors Guide to Finance Bergeron, Pierre G., University of Ottawa ISBN: 0-538-72517-6 Copyright 2002 Principles of Finance, 2E Besley, Scott, University of South Florida Brigham, Eugene F., University of Florida ISBN: 0-03-034509-X Copyright 2003 Multinational Finance, 3E Butler, Kirt, Michigan State University ISBN: 0-324-17745-3 Copyright 2004 An Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management, 6E Chance, Don, Virginia Polytechnic and State University ISBN: 0-324-17800-X Copyright 2004 Real Options, Revised Edition: A Practitioners Guide Copeland, Tom, NYUs Stern School of Management; McKinsey & Co Antikarov, Vladimir, Boston University ISBN: 1-58799-186-1 Copyright 2003 Finance Just in Time: Understanding the Key to Business and Investment Before Its Too Late Dixon, Hugo, Financial Times; BreakingViews.com ISBN: 1-58799-149-7 Copyright 2002 Behavioral Trading: Methods for Measuring Investor Confidence and Expectations Dorsey, Woody, Market Semiotics ISBN: 1-58799-164-0 Copyright 2003 Corporate Finance: A Focused Approach Ehrhardt, Michael, University of Tennessee Brigham, Eugene F., University of Florida ISBN: 0-324-18035-7 Copyright 2003 Electronic Commerce and the Revolution in Financial Markets Fan, Ming, University of Notre Dame Jan Stallaert, University of Texas at Austin Sayee Srinivasan, OptiMark Technologies, INC. Andrew Whinston, University of Texas ISBN: 0-03-032993-0 Copyright 2002 Corporate Financial Analysis in a Global Environment, 6E Harrington, Diana, Babson College ISBN: 0-324-05092-5 Copyright 2001
RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE, 12E

Copyright 2005
Trieschmann, James
Hoyt, Robert
Sommer, David
University of Georgia 0-324-18320-8 (576 pages, Softbound)
http://trieschmann.swlearning.com This proven, market-leading text provides a thorough, current introduction to risk management and insurance. It assists the learner in identifying, analyzing, and managing risk through insurance and alternative tools/techniques such as loss control, risk retention, and risk transfer. * Enterprise-wide Risk Management Coverage: Enterprise-wide risk management coverage will be placed throughout the text as opposed to being secluded to one section. * Speculative Risk Management Coverage: Increased coverage of speculative risk, integrating it throughout the text rather than separating it from the flow of the text. * Risk Management Icons: This texts risk management orientation is highlighted with icons placed by relevant discussions. * Perspective Boxes: In each chapter, boxed features contain material from current literature to further illustrate concepts. International Perspectives illustrate the application of risk management considerations on a global basis, Ethical Perspectives present ethical dilemmas common in the field of risk management, and Professional Perspectives are based on interviews with practicing risk management professionals and articles.
To order: 1-800-354-9706
37
Corporate Financial Analysis in a Global Environment, 7E Harrington, Diana, Babson College ISBN: 0-324-18318-6 Copyright 2004 Finance for Executives: Managing for Value Creation, 3E Hawawini, Gabriel, INSEAD Claude Viallet, INSEAD ISBN: 0-324-18318-6 Copyright 2004 Contemporary Investments: Security and Portfolio Analysis, 4E Hearth, Douglas, University of Arkansas Zaima, Janis, San Jose State University ISBN: 0-324-25811-9 Copyright 2004 Foundations of Corporate Finance, 2E Hickman, Kent A., Gonzaga University Hugh O. Hunter, San Diego State University John W. Byrd, Fort Lewis College ISBN: 0-324-01639-5 Copyright 2002 Derivative Securities, 2E Jarrow, Robert, Cornell University Stuart Turnbull, Queens University; Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce ISBN: 0-538-87740-5 Copyright 2000 Initial Public Offerings Kleeburg, Richard, Senior Manager with Deliotte Consulting ISBN: 0-324-20056-0 Copyright 2004 Capital Markets Liaw, K., St. Johns University ISBN: 0-324-02420-7 Copyright 2004 Personal Investing Interactive Lum, Leslie, Bellevue Community College, Bellevue, WA ISBN: 0-324-10154-6 Copyright 2003 Financial Analysis with Microsoft Excel and Student Resource CD-ROM, 3E Mayes, Timothy, Metropolitan State College of Denver Shank, Todd, University of Portland ISBN: 0-324-17828-X Copyright 2004 Credit Scoring For Risk Managers: The Handbook For Lenders Mays, Elizabeth, Director of Risk Modeling- Bank One and author of Credit Risk Modeling ISBN: 0-324-20054-4 Copyright 2004 Contemporary Financial Management, 9E Moyer, R. Charles, Wake Forest University McGuigan, James R., JRM Investments Kretlow, William J., University of Houston ISBN: 0-324-16470-X Copyright 2003 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, 7E Reilly, Frank K., University of Notre Dame Brown, Keith C., University of Texas at Austin ISBN: 0-324-17173-0 Copyright 2003 Handbook of Financial Planning: An Experts Guide for Advisors and Their Clients Shim, Jae, California State University, Long Beach Siegel, Joel, Queens College ISBN: 0-538-72685-7 Copyright 2004 Corporate Finance Smart, Scott, Indiana University, Bloomington University of Oklahoma Gitman, Lawrence, San Diego State University ISBN: 0-03-035076-X Copyright 2004 Entrepreneurial Finance: For New and Emerging Businesses Stancill, James, University of Southern California ISBN: 0-324-13475-4 Copyright 2004
Portfolio Construction Management and Protection, 3E Strong, Robert A., University of Maine ISBN: 0-324-07183-3 Copyright 2003 Derivatives and Risk Management Stulz, Ren M., Ohio State University ISBN: 0-538-86101-0 Copyright 2003 Fixed Income Markets and Their Derivatives, 2E Sundaresan, Suresh, Columbia University ISBN: 0-324-00446-X Copyright 2002 Quantum Investing Waite, Stephen, Trilogy Advisors; Pennsylvania State University;Comerica Bank; Merrill Lynch & Co. ISBN: 1-58799-193-4 Copyright 2003
FINANCE
38
MANAGEMENT
MASTERING MANAGEMENT SKILLS: A MANAGERS TOOLKIT
Copyright 2005
MANAGING FOR THE FUTURE: ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND PROCESSES, 3E

Copyright 2005
MANAGEMENT
Ancona, Deborah
Sloan School of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Aldag, Ramon
University of Wisconsin - Madison
Kochan, Thomas
Kuzuhara, Loren
University of Wisconsin - Madison 0-324-25919-0
Scully, Maureen
Graduate School of Management, Simmons College
http://aldag.swlearning.com With a skills-based approach, this text focuses on the social learning perspective, applying critical managerial tools and techniques. In each chapter, the learner is presented with a short discussion of relevant theory and concepts and then actively participates in the application of these concepts through experiential exercises, self-assessment tools, and case studies. Throughout the text are examples and interviews with practitioners, emphasizing to the learner the importance of the topic at hand. * Voice of Experience: The Voice of Experience boxes are short interviews a wide variety of managers to detail the most difficult types of situations they have faced, how they responded, and what they learned. * Social Learning Perspective: Each chapter follows the social learning perspective: a) skills-assessment; b) skills-awareness; c) skillsattainment; and d) skills-application, providing a carefully developed framework for real skill development. * Self-Assessments: Each chapter includes one or more selfassessments examining communication styles, personality, leadership, conflict styles, career goals, stress levels, and more. * Video Cases: Each chapter includes a video case that present the case and include questions for discussion relating to chapter content.
Van Maanen, John

Westney, D. Eleanor
Sloan School of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology 0-324-05575-7 (696 pages, Softbound)
http://ancona.swlearning.com Managing for the Future is an innovative approach to teaching organizational behavior based on the course at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. The text first presents the new organization, examining it through strategic, political, and cultural lenses. Then the role and impact of teams and central issues facing the organization itself are explored. The last section of the text focuses on skillsthe goal being not only to present the new organization but also illustrate how students can become better actors within it. * Leadership Module: A new module on leadership has been added in the skills section, exploring the impact and responsibilities of leaders. * Core and Elective Coverage: Each module is divided into two parts. The core includes information and exercises essential to the topic while elective includes additional topics and activities that are options for further enrichment. * Customization: The modular format allows you to select and provide to students only the topics needed. Contact Thomson Custom Publishing or your local representative for more information. * Instructor Support: The instructors modules provide step-by-step guides to implementing the content into the course.
Table of Contents
1. The Management Challenge: Critical Skills for the New Workplace PART I. INDIVIDUAL 2. Understanding and Valuing Differences 3. Problem Solving 4. Motivating Effectively 5. Managing Stress PART II. INTERPERSONAL 6. Fostering Ethical Behavior 7. Communicating Effectively 8. Leading Effectively 9. Managing Power, Social Influence, and Politics 10. Managing Conflict PART III. MANAGING GROUPS 11. Managing Teams 12. Building Human Assets 13. Organizational Culture 14. Managing Change 15. Maintaining and Building Skills Appendix A. Strategic Management Appendix B. Managing Careers
Table of Contents
ANALYTICS 1. The New Organization: Taking Action in an Era of Organizational Transformation 2. Three Lenses on Organizational Analysis and Action TEAMS 3. Making Teams Work 4. Diverse Cognitive Styles in Teams 5. Team Processes 6. Teams in Organizations ORGANIZATIONS 7. Workforce Management: Employment Relationships in Changing Organizations 8. Managing Change in Organizations 9. Organizational Actions in Complex Environments 10. Learning Across Borders: Disneyland on the Move SKILLS 11. Managing Cultural Diversity 12. Negotiation and Conflict Resolutions 13. Change From Within: Roads to Successful Issue Selling 14. Leadership
Supplements
Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides Test Bank Video 0-324-29114-0 0-324-29118-3 0-324-29116-7 0-324-29115-9 0-324-29119-1
Supplements
Instructors Manual PowerPoint Presentation Slides Video 0-324-05576-5 0-324-28209-5 0-324-23254-3
To order: 1-800-354-9706
39
ENTREPRENEURSHIP: A PROCESS PERSPECTIVE

Copyright 2005
MANAGEMENT
Baron, Robert
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
develop strategy, while perfecting management techniques. This offers executives and managers better understanding of market and technology trends to help them form clear strategies for product development and release. It also includes interviews from dozens of executives from hightech companies that have introduced successful products into the marketplace.
Shane, Scott
Case Western Reserve University 0-324-27356-8 (448 pages, Hardbound)
Table of Contents
PART I. RISK AND THE RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS. PART II. COMMERCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS: PROPERTY-LIABILITY. PART III. PERSONAL RISK MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS: PROPERTYLIABILITY. PART IV. RISK MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS: LIFE, HEALTH, AND INCOME EXPOSURES. PART V. THE RISK MANAGEMENT ENVIRONMENT.
http://baron.swlearning.com Recognizing that students motivations for taking the course, and their backgrounds, are likely to be mixed in character, they have conceived a text that is flexible for instructors and accessible to students. Baron and Shane focus on the entrepreneurial process as it moves through several distinct phases. Accessible and rich in examples, Baron and Shane gain the upper hand by fusing concepts, theory, and research with the supporting pedagogy and active learning strategies needed to be compelling in the classroom. * Danger Pitfall Ahead: These in chapter boxes highlight potential hazards that new entrepreneurs should be alert to, using practical examples from the real world to illustrate relevance so that the learner can benefit from potential snags and learn how to best recover from them. * Key Points: Occur at the end of major sections within a chapter to help readers comprehend what they have just read. * Getting Down to Business: End of chapter activities that give the learner the opportunity to apply the material to concepts presented in the chapter. * Learning Objectives: Each chapter opens with learning objectives, alerting the learner to important chapter coverage. These objectives are also sprinkled in the margins where the concept is presented to ensure that the learner pays close attention to achieving that objective.
ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP
Copyright 2005
Bratton, John
University College of the Cariboo University of Calgary
Grint, Keith
Oxford University
Nelson, Debra
Oklahoma State University 0-324-12066-4 (384 pages, Softbound)
http://bratton.swcollege.com Organizational Leadership examines the concepts, issues, and practices that comprise the core of organizational leadership from a global and interpretive perspective. Underpinning its story with a mixture of description, analysis, and critique, Bratton/Grint/Nelson achieves a distinct point of view by examining leadership through a variety of prisms and by giving competing and globally diverse viewpoints equal shares in the debate. * Chapter Openers: Comprehensive set of chapter lead-in content consists of chapter outlines, lists of learning objectives, epigraphs, short vignettes, and short chapter introductions. * View CD-ROM: Text mirrors the accompanying CD-ROM, with content flagged for the reader via short in-text sidebars.
Table of Contents
PART I. RISK AND THE RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS. PART II. COMMERCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS: PROPERTY-LIABILITY. PART III. PERSONAL RISK MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS: PROPERTY-LIABILITY. PART IV. RISK MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS: LIFE, HEALTH, AND INCOME EXPOSURES. PART V. THE RISK MANAGEMENT ENVIRONMENT.
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual with Test Bank Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides
0-324-28819-0 0-324-28817-4 0-324-28972-3 0-324-28818-2 0-324-28821-2
* Reflective Questions: Reflective questions are noted in the margins so that users can check their understanding as they go along and immediately apply what they are reading. * End-of-Chapter Pedagogy: Summaries, Questions for Discussion and Review, Projects, and annotated Further Readings involve users in a range of follow-up applications. * Leadership in Organizations CD-ROM: Free with NEW text. This interactive CD-ROM allows the user to receive additional information on key content areas, take interactive self assessments, and analyze six different case studies.
Small Business School Video
BUILDING HIGH-TECH PRODUCT COMPANIES: THE MAELSTROM EFFECT

Copyright 2004
Table of Contents
PART 1. LEADERSHIP AS A PROCESS. PART 2. THE CONTEXT. PART 3. THE LEADER. PART 4. THE FOLLOWERS.
Bowen, James
V.P.,Business Development for CompEngServ, Ltd. in Ottawa, Canada. 0-538-72701-2 (223 pages, Hardbound)
Supplements
A perfect blend of technology and entrepreneurship, Building High-Tech Product Companies equips entrepreneurs and managers with the tools necessary to grow a technologically driven company, as it delivers insightful information on how to anticipate the market and the technology and
40
GLOBAL BUSINESS NEGOTIATIONS: A PRACTICAL GUIDE

Copyright 2004
Table of Contents
PART I: FOUNDATIONS OF MULTINATIONAL MANAGEMENT. PART II: STRATEGY CONTENT AND FORMULATION FOR MULTINATIONAL COMPANIES. PART III: MANAGEMENT PROCESSES IN STRATEGY IMPLEMENTATION: DESIGN CHOICES FOR MULTINATIONAL COMPANIES. PART IV: STRATEGY IMPLEMENTATION FOR MULTINATIONAL COMPANIES: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. PART V: STRATEGY IMPLEMENTATION FOR MULTINATIONAL COMPANIES: INTERACTION PROCESSES. PART VI: THE ETHICAL CONTEXT OF MULTINATIONAL MANAGEMENT.
Cellich, Claude
Vice President of International University in Geneva
MANAGEMENT
Jain, Subhash
University of Connecticut, Storrs 0-538-72658-X (218 pages, Hardbound)
This practical, insightful book provides effective strategies and systematic approaches to improve the results of international negotiations. Focusing on negotiating with developing countries, Cellich and Jain review the basic influence techniques used by international negotiators, how to identify them, and how to thwart them. Professionals will learn to establish a framework for observing, evaluating, planning, and improving future negotiations.
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual with Test Bank Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides 0-324-27536-6 0-324-27534-X 0-324-22442-7 0-324-27535-8
Table of Contents
I. INTRODUCTION. II. NEGOTIATION ENVIRONMENT SETTING. III. NEGOTIATION PROCESS. IV. NEGOTIATION TOOLS. V. MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS.
ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT AND CHANGE, 8E

Copyright 2005
Cummings, Thomas
University of Southern California
Worley, Christopher
Pepperdine University
MULTINATIONAL MANAGEMENT: A STRATEGIC APPROACH, 3E

Copyright 2005
0-324-26060-1
http://cummings.swlearning.com Market-leading Organization Development and Change blends theory, concepts and applications in a comprehensive and clear presentation. The authors work from a strong theoretical foothold and apply behavioral science knowledge to the development of organizational structures, strategies, and processes. * Revised International Chapter: Chapter 21, Organization Development in Global Settings, has been thoroughly revised and updated. * Cases: Concluding each major part of the book, cases permit a more in-depth discussion of the organizational development process. In addition, integrative cases are included at the end of the book. Approximately 30% of the cases are new to this edition. * Applications: Actual situations in which different organizational development techniques are used in describing an application.
Cullen, John
Washington State University
Parboteeah, K. Praveen
University of Wisconsin - Whitewater 0-324-25990-5 (720 pages, Softbound)
http://cullen.swlearning.com Multinational Management: A Strategic Approach uses strategy as its unifying theme to explore the global economy and the impact of managerial decisions. By examining comparative management issues thoroughly, this text reveals the strengths and weaknesses of competitors and how to adapt organizational practices. * World Map: Includes a full color Rand McNally World Map free with every new text. * Chapter Activities: Multinational Management Skill Builder is a new feature located at the end of each chapter to develop users management skills. * Diverse Examples: More varied examples from global regions including Africa, South America, the Middle East, and Asia. * Issues in eBusiness: Chapter 9 highlights the benefits and challenges of Multinational E-Commerce for all types of global businesses addressing this emerging and rapidly growing sector of management. * Small Business Coverage: Chapter 10 is dedicated to exploring the unique opportunities and challenges facing small businesses in becoming multinational companies. * Case in Point: These examples are drawn from actual multinational companies and offer a realistic look into decision making and the challenges of global business. * Management Challenge: This highly acclaimed feature allows learners behind the scene to follow real discussions as managers make difficult decisions. * Currency: The text has been updated to include the latest findings, examples, and statistics in international management to create the most accurate and up-to date presentation.
Table of Contents
PART 1. OVERVIEW OF ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT. PART 2. THE PROCESS OF ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT. PART 3. HUMAN PROCESS INTERVENTIONS. PART 4. TECHNOSTRUCTURAL INTERVENTIONS. PART 5. HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT INTERVENTIONS. PART 6. STRATEGIC CHANGE INTERVENTIONS. PART 7. SPECIAL APPLICATIONS OF ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT.
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual with Test Bank Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides Video 0-324-26157-8 0-324-26061-X 0-324-26062-8 0-324-15398-8 0-324-26063-6
To order: 1-800-354-9706
41
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS, 7E
Copyright 2005
Czinkota, Michael
* Leaders Self Insight: These boxes provide a self-assessment for learners and an opportunity to experience management issues in a personal way. These exercises take the form of questionnaires, scenarios, and activities. * Action Memo: Located in the chapter margins, this feature tells learners how to use concepts to analyze cases and manage organizations. * Leadership Development - Case For Analysis: Found at the end of each chapter, these cases are tailored to chapter concepts and provide a vehicle for user analysis and discussion. * Experiential Exercises: Each chapter ends with two experiential exercises designed to allow learners to test their ability to apply the concepts of that chapter while gaining insight into their own leadership development. * Leadership Profiles: Each chapter includes introductory profiles that illustrate real-world examples of leadership in action. In the Lead boxes spotlight current leaders in business, education, the military, politics, and not-for-profit organizations. * Leadership Bookshelf: The Leaders Bookshelf boxes recommend further readings that will connect users to the current leadership trends in the worlds of academia, business, and military organizations..
MANAGEMENT
Ronkainen, Ilkka
Moffett, Michael
Thunderbird, The American Graduate School of International Management 0-324-25991-3 (816 pages, Softbound)
http://czinkota.swlearning.com International Business, 7th edition presents an up-to-date and complete exploration of international business issues and practice. The authors experience as both practitioners and academics brings a balanced and seasoned voice to the text. The text is built upon a strong foundation of theory and includes current examples, cases and insights showing how global businesses apply these concepts. The text examines the role and impact of culture and also includes numerous current world maps, helping learners develop and refine a global perspective. * Take A Stand! This end of chapter feature allows users to apply the materials they have covered in a chapter, and could be used to prompt classroom discussion. * Focus On Boxes: Found throughout the chapters these text boxes highlight actual contemporary business situations to relate and reinforce key topics. Focus on Boxes include: Focus on Politics, Culture, E-Business, Entrepreneurship, and Ethics. * Opening Vignettes: A vignette at the opening of each chapter provides a real world example relating to the topics to be covered within that chapter. * Recommended Readings: Located at the end of each chapter, this list of relevant readings points to resources for additional learning.
Table of Contents
PART I. INTRODUCTION TO LEADERSHIP. PART II. RESEARCH PERSPECTIVES ON LEADERSHIP. PART. III. THE PERSONAL SIDE OF LEADERSHIP. PART IV. THE LEADER AS RELATIONSHIP BUIDER. PART V. THE LEADER AS SOCIAL ARCHITECT.
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual with Test Bank Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides Video Video Cases 0-324-23640-9 0-324-23637-9 0-324-23638-7 0-324-23639-5 0-324-23641-7 0-324-23610-7
Table of Contents
PART I. IMPACT. PART II. ENVIRONMENT. PART III. FOUNDATIONS. PART IV. FINANCIAL MARKETS. PART V. STRATEGY. PART VI. OPERATIONS. PART VI. FUTURE.
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM Overhead Transparencies Test Bank WebTutor ToolBox for Blackboard WebTutor ToolBox for WebCT 0-324-23635-2 0-324-23631-X 0-324-23633-6 0-324-23341-8 0-324-23632-8 0-534-27489-7 0-534-27488-9
STRATEGY SYNTHESIS: RESOLVING STRATEGY PARADOXES TO CREATE COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE, 3E

Copyright 2005
de Wit, Bob
Maastricht School of Management, The Netherlands
Meyer, Ron
Rotterdam School of Management, Erasmus University, The Netherlands 0-324-28272-9 (519 pages, Softbound)
http://dewit.swlearning.com
THE LEADERSHIP EXPERIENCE, 3E

Copyright 2005
Daft, Richard
Vanderbilt University 0-324-26127-6 (566 pages, Softbound)
This is a streamlined version of de Wit and Meyers successful text, Strategy: Process, Content, Context. It contains a range of articles with text contextualising the debates around key issues, allowing a wide range of views to be explored within each debate. * Includes source readings to deepen and reinforce conceptual understanding * Uses micro-cases to relate theory to real-life situations * Discusses international differences in approach to each chapter topic
http://daft.swlearning.com Packed with interesting examples and real world leadership, this text helps the reader develop an understanding of theory while acquiring the necessary skills and insights to become effective leaders. It is written for courses teaching leadership theory and application. The Leadership Experience integrates recent ideas and practices with established scholarly research in a way that makes the topic of leadership come alive.
Table of Contents
PART 1. STRATEGY 1. Introduction PART 2. STRATEGY PROCESS 2. Strategic Thinking 3. Strategy Formation 4. Strategic Change PART 3. STRATEGY CONTENT 5. Business Level Strategy 6. Corporate Level Strategy 7. Network Level Strategy PART 4. STRATEGY CONTEXT 8. The Industry Context 9. The Organizational Context 10. The International Context PART 5. PURPOSE 11. Organizational Purpose
42
INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: MANAGING PEOPLE IN A MULTINATIONAL CONTEXT, 4E

Copyright 2005
* Managing Services Chapter. Recognizing the importance of this growing sector of the economy, the Primer includes a dedicated chapter on the management of services (chapter 14), looking at the unique challenges of service organizations.
MANAGEMENT
Dowling, Peter
University of Canberra, Australia
Table of Contents
PART I. MANAGING AND THE ENVIRONMENT. PART II. PLANNING. PART III. ORGANIZING. PART IV. LEADING. PART V. CONTROLLING.
Welch, Denice E.
Mt Eliza Business School and University of Queensland, Australia 0-324-31866-9 (352 pages, Softbound)
Supplements
Instructors Manual with Test Bank Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides 0-324-28832-8 0-324-28835-2 0-324-28833-6
http://dowling.swlearning.com The new edition of this highly successful and groundbreaking text continues to cover key topics in International Human Resource Management while increasing coverage of emerging theory and issues in this area. * New international case material and discussion questions. * Sections on the role of staff other than expatriates, such as international travelers. * HRM in local operations: drawing out the HRM practices in different countries, and the applicability of transferring HRM practices across borders. * The role of HR in transferring competences to foreign units. * Social responsibility in global operations. * Expanded coverage of globalization, strategic IHRM, expatriates. * Coverage of MNCs and SMEs. * Additional cross-cultural coverage and new case material.
STRATEGIZE! EXPERIENTIAL EXERCISES IN STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT, 2E

Copyright 2005
Gopinath, C.
Suffolk University
Siciliano, Julie
Florida Institute of Technology 0-324-25912-3 (208 pages, Softbound)
http://gopinath.swlearning.com Strategize! allows learners to try out the strategy models and concepts and get feedback regarding their understanding and application of strategic management theory. The book presents a number of experiential exercises and projects for use in class and assignments. Because the exercises include thought, action, and feedback-assessment components, they promote an understanding of strategic management through comprehensive active learning. Strategize! offers an important complement to any standard strategic management text. * New Strategy Sessions: In response to reviewer feedback, the second edition includes a new exercise on the balanced scorecard and scenario planning. * Team and Individual-Based Exercises: The exercises involve teams, while others may be completed on an individual or team basis, depending on the instructors preference. * Industry Overviews: Part II includes two industry overviews, one that profiles the mature lodging industry and the other profiling the rapidly changing information systems industry. * Variety of Exercises: There are a variety of exercises to be completed by individuals, groups, in class, or out of class. Further, Part V includes two semester long projects for those looking for a more intensive exercises. * Key Concepts: Reviews of the theory or concept being highlighted in each session are included through brief summary readings.
Table of Contents
PART I. THE MULTINATIONAL CONTEXT. PART II. MANAGING AND SUPPORTING INTERNATIONAL ASSIGNMENTS. PART III. GLOBAL HR ISSUES PART IV. CASES AND EXERCISES.
A PRIMER FOR MANAGEMENT

Copyright 2005
Dumler, Michael
Illinois State University
Skinner, Steven
University of Kentucky 0-324-27111-5 (368 pages, Softbound)
http://dumler.swlearning.com A Primer for Management, provides an introduction to the functions of management in a brief format and an appealing price. At approximately 300 pages, Primer is a straightforward text that allows you to provide additional enrichment through your own material or the many supplemental offerings from South-Western. Whether used in an introductory course or recommended as a refresher to MBAs, A Primer for Management presents the essential concepts to understanding the functions of management in a clear and concise prose. * Management Highlights. There are one or two Management Highlight features in each chapter, that spotlight critical information or toolsgiving this important information greater emphasis for the reader. * Chapter Conclusions. To help reinforce the most important points of each chapter, a short summary paragraph is included at the end of every chapter. * Suggested Readings. For readers interested in learning more about the topic presented in the chapter, a small selection of additional readings is provided at the end of each chapter.
Table of Contents
PART I. UNDERSTANDING STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT. PART II. DESIGNING STRATEGY. PART III. IMPLEMENTING STRATEGY. PART IV. INDUSTRY ANALYSIS. PART V. SEMESTER PROJECTS.
Supplements
To order: 1-800-354-9706
43
CASEBOOK FOR THE HANDBOOK OF MANAGEMENT CONSULTING, THE CONTEMPORARY CONSULTANT: INSIGHTS FROM LEADING EXPERTS
FOUNDATIONS OF STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT, 3E

Copyright 2005
MANAGEMENT
Harrison, Jeffrey
Cornell University
Copyright 2005
Greiner, Larry
St. John, Caron

Clemson University 0-324-25917-4 (192 pages, Softbound)
Olson, Thomas
Poulfelt, Flemming
Copenhagen Business School in Denmark 0-324-29019-5 (448 pages, Softbound)
http://harrison.swlearning.com Foundations of Strategic Management provides a concise and balanced introduction to the important theories and views of the field. The authors present an up-to-date look at the most critical topics in strategy today and use examples from cutting-edge firms to help learners begin to understand and develop decision-making and analysis techniques that are relevant in all types of organizations. * Strategy in Focus: Opening vignettes, seven of the eight which are new, profile real-world companies and challenges that they face in relation to text content. Companies include IBM, Honda, BMW, Zara, and more. * Balanced Coverage: The book draws from all of the currently important perspectives on strategic management: the resource-based perspective, the economic perspective, and the stakeholder perspective. * Globalization: Global issues and examples are found in each chapter and also included in a special section on global strategy in Chapter 8. * Tailor to Fit Your Course: The texts brevity and cost make it the perfect text to supplement with additional cases, experiential exercises, or strategy simulations available from South-Western. Ask your local representative or visit the SW Management on the web at http://www.swlearning.com to learn more.
http://greiner.swlearning.com The book consists of 20 cases including Harvard and Stanford cases. The cases present the broad range of topics that are pertinent to current management consulting. Each of the four parts of the text presents a cogent introduction by the editors, delineating topics that are critical for todays consultants to understand. The cases represent major practice areas of consulting and afford new insights into change processes and other current management issues facing consulting firms.
Table of Contents
Part I. Consulting Industry, Skills and Professionalism Part II. Consulting Practice Areas and Methods Part III. Consulting to Implement Change in Different Contexts Part IV. Managing the Consulting Firm Part V. The Future of Consulting
Supplements
HANDBOOK OF MANAGEMENT CONSULTING: THE CONTEMPORARY CONSULTANT: INSIGHTS FROM WORLD EXPERTS
Copyright 2005
Table of Contents
1. The Strategic Management Process 2. The External Environment 3. The Internal Environment and Strategic Direction 4. Business Strategy 5. Corporate Strategy 6. Strategy Implementation 7. Strategic Control and Restructuring 8. Strategies in an International Context Appendix: Preparing a Strategic Analysis
Supplements
Greiner, Larry
Poulfelt, Flemming
Copenhagen Business School in Denmark 0-324-29041-1 (393 pages, Softbound)
http://greiner.swlearning.com This book provides a thorough examination of a variety of specialties within the broad range of management consulting. A book of such scope and depth could only be written by a large number of experts. Each chapter is written by a leading expert in one of the many specialties related to management consulting. Together, all 27 contributors take the reader through an industry that is currently undergoing significant change. While covering all the major practice areas of consulting, the book also offers new insights into change processes and addresses compelling management issues now facing consulting firms.
MANAGEMENT: A COMPETENCY-BASED APPROACH, 10E

Copyright 2005
Hellriegel, Don
Texas A&M University
Jackson, Susan
Rutgers University
Slocum, John
Southern Methodist University 0-324-25994-8 (624 pages, Softbound)
http://hellriegel.swcollege.com Management: A Competency-Based Approach presents theory, relevant applications, and innovation. The authors continue to place emphasis on six managerial competenciesself-management, strategic action, planning and administration, global awareness, teamwork, and communicationand have carefully woven examples of each into every chapter. The authors chose these six competencies after surveying hundreds of managers in all types and sizes of businesses.
Table of Contents
PART I. THE CONSULTING INDUSTRY, SKILLS AND PROFESSIONALISM. PART II. MAJOR PRACTICING AREAS IN CONSULTING. PART III. CONSULTING IN DIFFERENT CONTEXTS. PART IV. IMPLEMENTATION AND CHANGE. PART V. MANAGING AND GROWING THE CONSULTING FIRM. PART VI. LOOKING AHEAD AT MANAGEMENT CONSULTING.
44
* The Competent Manager: Featured in the margins, these are tips and quotes from real-world managers on how they have applied the concepts and competencies being discussed in the text. * Preview Cases: Every chapter opens with a current, real-world story that sets the stage for the topics to be presented in that chapter. These Preview cases, all of which are NEW, showcase high-profile organizations, preview key chapter concepts to help prepare users for what they will encounter in chapter content. * Managerial Competency Boxes: The competency boxes help to relate the six managerial competencies (self-management, strategic action, global awareness, teamwork, planning and administration, and communication) and apply them to chapter content, where appropriate. * Questions for Discussion and Competency Development: End-ofchapter questions geared to further develop competencies and require users to apply, analyze, discover, and rethink important chapter concepts. * Cases for Competency Development: Brief End-of-Chapter case study that enables users to apply chapter concepts to an actual organizations problemsto analyze, evaluate, and make recommendations. * Competency Assessment Instrument: At the end of Chapter 1 and the accompanying CD-ROM, a self-assessment tool is provided for learners to use and to reuse as their management competencies mature. Individual ratings can be compared with those of practicing professionals, as well as with those of other users, leading to additional insights and personal development of management potential.
* Casettes: Small cases (casettes) at the end of each chapter cover the mainstream topics and can be focal points for discussion. * Comprehensive Cases: Include extensive teaching notes and PowerPoint slides. * In-text Quotations: Quotations from well-known politicians, economists, businesspeople, philosophers, poets and writers give the reader perspective from additional voices. * The Global Web: This resource provides users the opportunity to research further in-depth via the web.
MANAGEMENT
Table of Contents
PART I. THE GLOBALIZATION PROCESS: BACKGROUND, CAUSES, AND EFFECTS. PART II. WORLD BUSINESS ANALYSIS. PART III. WORLD BUSINESS STRATEGY.
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual with Test Bank Instructors Resource CD-ROM Video 0-324-23689-1 0-324-23651-4 0-324-23690-5 0-324-20354-3
Table of Contents
PART I. AN OVERVIEW OF MANAGEMENT. PART II. MANAGING THE ENVIRONMENT. PART III. PLANNING AND CONTROL. PART IV. ORGANIZING. PART V. LEADING.
STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: COMPETITIVENESS AND GLOBALIZATION, CONCEPTS AND CASES, 6E

Copyright 2005
Hitt, Michael A.
Texas A&M University
Ireland, R. Duane
0-324-28221-4 0-324-28227-3 0-324-28225-7 0-324-28220-6 0-324-28223-0 0-324-28226-5 0-324-28217-6 0-534-27489-7 0-534-27488-9 Texas A&M University University of Richmond
Supplements
Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides Study Guide Test Bank Transparency Acetates Video Cases WebTutor ToolBox for Blackboard WebTutor ToolBox for WebCT
Hoskisson, Robert
The University of Oklahoma 0-324-27528-5 (1,056 pages, Softbound)
http://hitt.swlearning.com Strategic Management: Competitiveness and Globalization, 6th edition provides the most accurate, relevant, and complete presentation of strategic management today. The authors integrate the traditional industrial organizational model of strategic management with the more modern resource-based view of the firm to explain how firms use the strategic management process to build a sustained competitive advantage. * Current Research: Thoroughly updated, this edition contains the most current research and findings, including references to 2002 and 2003 publications. * Chapter Opening Vignettes: Each chapter opens with a short vignette featuring an actual firm to introduce the key points of the chapter and illustrate their relevance to modern organizations. * Experiential Exercises: In response to positive reviewer feedback, the number of Experiential Exercises has been expanded, each chapter now includes two exercises providing ample opportunity for hands on learning and practice with critical concepts and tools. * Streamlined Chapters: Each chapter has been extensively revised to reduce the overall length and clarify the presentation for students by eliminating redundant examples, streamlining some of the longer passages, and including more exhibits where appropriate. * Strategy Simulations: South-Western is pleased to offer to strategy simulations that can be used with this text, for more information visit the web site or contact your local representative.
WORLD BUSINESS: GLOBALIZATION, STRATEGY AND ANALYSIS

Copyright 2005
Hill, John
University of Alabama 0-324-27411-4 (550 pages, Softbound)
http://hill.swlearning.com This text includes many traditional international business topics such as internationalization and global strategy. While most texts take a functional approach (i.e. marketing, HR, production), this text integrates the functions with global/multi-market sourcing, manufacturing, supply chain distribution, along with integrative mechanisms, such as, global HRM, IT systems, and new product development. * Introductory Vignettes: Define the chapter topics and importance.
To order: 1-800-354-9706
45
Table of Contents
Strategic Management: Competitiveness and Globalization: Cases, 6e 1. Back to the Roots: American International Group Returns to China 2. Apple Computer, Inc. 3. AT&T: Twenty Years of Change 4. Bloomington Hospitals Open-heart Unit 5. Brasil Telecom S.A. 6. Brewing Change at Brekenridge Brewery 7. Cochlear Hearing Devices: Maintaining Global Leadership 8. Cyberplay 9. The Fall of Daewoo Motors 10. Diageo plc 11. The Collapse of Enron 12. ERG Smart Cards: Crafting Strategy for a New Horizon 13. Fashion Faux Pas: Gucci & LVMH 14. The Gillette Company 15. Handspring, Inc.: (2002) 16. The HPCompaq Merger: A Battle for the Heart and Soul of a Company 17. The Evolution of an Irish Multinational: Kerry Group plc 18. The McDonalds Beef Fries Controversy 19. Microsoft 20. MTV vs. Channel V 21. Managing Internal Growth at Nestl: The Story of LC1 22. Nextel: Looking to the Future 23. Pacific Cataract and Laser Institute: Competing in the LASIK Eye Surgery Market 24. Paper Storms: Turbulence Arrives in Germanys Newspaper Publishing 25. Resene Paints 26. Sesame Workshop and International Growth 27. Sonic: Americas Drive-In 28. Southwest Airlines 2002 29. Sun Life Financial Services 30. Sylvan Learning Systems, Inc 31. The Long Road to Value Creation: Restructuring and Spin-Offs at Tredegar Industries (1990-2003) 32. United Airlines, 2003 33. The Parcel Service Industry, 2002: UPS versus FedEX 34. Vodafone Airtouch: The Acquisition of Mannesmann 35. The Battle for Wachovia Corporation
* Alternative Dispute and NLRB Appointments; the origins of labor law, policy goals of the NLRA and LMRA; the NLRB and the unfair labor practice procedure and NLRB jurisdictional standards. * Ethics Coverage: Ethics in the labor relations process is integrated throughout the text, with discussions emphasizing the ethical issues in bargaining behavior, union organization, and the termination of union advocates. * Technology Coverage: The influence of technology on labor relations is explored to show the evolving nature of the field
MANAGEMENT
Table of Contents
PART I. RECOGNIZING RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF UNIONS AND MANAGEMENT. PART II. NEGOTIATING AND ADMINISTERING THE LABOR AGREEMENT. PART III. ADMINISTERING THE LABOR AGREEMENT. PART IV. APPLYING THE LABOR RELATIONS PROCESS TO DIFFERENT LABOR RELATIONS SYSTEMS.
Supplements
Strategic Management: Concepts, 6e Strategic Management: Cases, 6e CNN Management and Strategy Video ExamView Testing Software Instructor Case Notes Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Discussion Slides PowerPoint Lecture Slides Test Bank Transparency Acetates WebTutor ToolBox for Blackboard WebTutor ToolBox for WebCT 0-324-27530-7 0-324-27532-3 0-324-20389-6 0-324-23621-2 0-324-20381-0 0-324-20387-X 0-324-20386-1 0-324-20385-3 0-324-20383-7 0-324-20384-5 0-534-27489-7 0-534-27488-9
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual with Test Bank Instructors Resource CD-ROM Instructors Manual with Test Bank and Transparency Masters Video 0-324-23630-1 0-324-22599-7 0-324-22600-4 0-324-23627-1 0-324-23629-8
Instructors Manual with Video Guide and Transparency Masters 0-324-20382-9
FRONTLINE HR: A GUIDE FOR THE EMERGING MANAGER

Copyright 2005
Hornsby, Jeffrey
Ball State University
Kuratko, Donald
Ball State University 0-324-20323-3 (256 pages, Hardbound)
THE LABOR RELATIONS PROCESS, 8E

Copyright 2005
http://hornsby.swlearning.com In many companies, the human resource component of a line manager/supervisor position is at least 50 percent of total responsibilities. But managers and supervisors often find themselves overwhelmed by or even ill-prepared for the responsibility of having to select, train, evaluate, discipline, and reward their direct reports. Written especially for the emerging manager, Frontline HR provides an excellent guide to successfully navigate through the challenges of supervising employees. * Comprehensive Coverage: An excellent reference that managers will consult again and again, this resourceful handbook is packed with insightful coverage of challenging issues facing frontline managers, including legal concerns; recruiting and retaining; evaluation and development; coaching and discipline; motivation and rewards; safety and security needs; budgeting; and much more. * Step-by-Step Guidelines: Each of the 10 chapters includes an overview of a major function of HR practice, along with step-by-step instructions for effectively executing the function, as well as a valuable managers toolkit with helpful forms, tips sheets, and Web sites. * Real-World Examples: Chapters also include a Managers Dilemma section detailing common managerial issues and their solutions. In addition, a benchmarking section describes how companies handle a particular HR function, spotlighting the role of their managers in performing the function. Examples highlight a variety of companies, ranging in size from a few hundred employees to thousands.
Holley, William
Auburn University
Wolters, Roger
Auburn University 0-324-20014-5 (672 pages, Softbound)
http://holley.swlearning.com This comprehensive text provides the current information on research studies, issues and events in labor relations. The book integrates realworld examples and quotes from practitioners in order to bring this dynamic field to life. The Labor Relations Process examines the labor movement from its inception to current and emerging trends, including such topics as unions, labor agreements, collective bargaining, arbitration and labor relations in various business segments including government, white collar, and international contexts. * Videos: CNN videos have been carefully selected to complement topical coverage in the eighth edition, the instructors manual includes questions for discussion. * New Bargaining Simulation Exercises: Two additional bargaining simulation exercises have been added to the eighth edition, accompanied by Excel Spreadsheets made available to users on our product web site. * End of Chapter Cases: New to this edition are two end of chapter cases that help learners integrate that chapter material and apply it. * In Depth Analysis: This edition includes expanded coverage of Duty of Fair Representation, Service Sector,
46
Table of Contents
I. Getting Started 1. Frontline Managers Role as HR Practitioner 2. Legal Environment and Challenges II. Staffing 3. Job Analysis and Job Description: A Process of Role Clarification 4. Recruiting, Selecting, and Retaining Quality Employees III. Performance 5. Performance Management: Evaluating and Developing Employees 6. Employee Relations through Coaching and Discipline 7. Motivating and Rewarding Employees IV. Corporate Environment 8. Company policies 9. Employee Safety and Security 10. Forecasting and Budgeting HR needs
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: ESSENTIAL PERSPECTIVES, 3E

Copyright 2005
Mathis, Robert L.
MANAGEMENT
Jackson, John
University of Wyoming 0-324-20217-2 (240 pages, Softbound)
GUIDELINES FOR EXCELLENCE: THE MANAGERS DIGEST

Copyright 2005
http://mathis.swlearning.com Human Resource Management: Essential Perspectives, 3e offers practical coverage of basic HR concepts and practices, including the review of important laws and regulations as well as an overview of information that is commonly used by human resource professionals. Its focused coverage is ideal for individuals preparing for HR certification exams, Directors of HR and instructors who are seeking basic yet comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of HR concepts and practices. * International Aspects: This condensed view of HR management is a valuable resource for managers worldwide as it addresses the tremendous interest in U.S. HR management practices in other countries. * Top Quality Research: Fully documented, all text research is current and pragmatic. Because of the high credibility of research in the text, users become well prepared for professional certification and are equipped with the knowledge they will need to perform future jobs. * Clear Organization: This book presents information in a way that makes sense to various industry groups and professional organizations. Concise overviews of content precede each chapter and a listing of internet resources conclude each chapter.
Ivancevich, John
University of Houston University of Maryland CEO of Applied Management Sciences Institute
Lidwell, William
Applied Management Sciences Institute Stuff Creators Design Studio 0-324-27149-2 (400 pages, Hardbound)
Guidelines for Excellence: The Managers Digest provides a wealth of research-based guidelines for dealing with managerial situations and dilemmas. It also serves as an excellent primary resource for anyone preparing for the Applied Management Science Institute (AMSI) Certification Examination. Completely research based, this invaluable handbook is an indispensable guide for any management professional. * The 150 Guidelines are completely indexed and cross-referenced for convenience. * Proscriptive: Each of the 150 guidelines is written proscriptively rather than descriptively, a format that provides clear direction through the most common management dilemmas. * Research-based: Each guideline is supported by annotated references to the latest and most accepted thinking in management. * AMSI Prep: Guidelines for Excellence in Management is the first resource published to prepare for the general management examination for AMSI certification.
Table of Contents
1. Basics of Human Resource Management 2. Individual Performance and Retention 3. Equal Employment 4. Jobs 5. Staffing 6. Training, Careers, and HR Development 7. Performance Management and Appraisal 8. Compensation Strategies and Practices 9. Variable Pay and Benefits 10. Health, Safety, and Employee Rights 11. Labor Relations Appendix A. Human Resource Certification Institute Test Specifications Appendix B. Major Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Laws and Regulations Appendix C. Guidelines to Lawful and Unlawful Pre-Employment Inquiries Appendix D. Sample Job Description and Specifications
Table of Contents
Preface. 1. Application. 2. Changing. 3. Communicating. 4. Controlling. 5. Leading. 6. Motivating. 7. Organizing. 8. Planning. 9. Problem-Solving. Postscript. Acknowledgements. Bibliography. Index.
Supplements
Instructors Resource CD-ROM 0-324-20218-0
THE ESCHER CYCLE: SELF REINFORCING BUSINESS ADVANTAGE

Copyright 2004
TRIUMPH FROM FAILURE: LESSONS FROM LIFE FOR BUSINESS SUCCESS

Copyright 2004
Jackson, Finn
Oxford University 1-58799-194-2 (256 pages, Hardbound)
McAlpine, Robert
Treasurer of the European Democratic Union 1-58799-181-0 (160 pages, Softbound)
The Escher Cycle is a book that shows how to create competitive advantage through simple actions. Its aim is to provide a way to integrate business strategy with business operations to link the longterm view to the practical day-to-day realities of running a business.
Table of Contents
Part 1 Introduction. Foreword. 1 What Is A Business? Part 2 The Operational Perspective. 2 Satisfying Customer Needs. 3 Using Resources. 4 Making Money. Part 3: The Strategic Perspective. 5: Today. 6 And In The Future. Part 4: The Executive Perspective. 7 The Origins Of Strategy. 8 The Escher Cycle Beyond Conventional Advantage. 9 Conclusions. Afterword. Appendix 1: The Escher Cycle and Evolution. Appendix 2: The Shrink To Fit Business Plan. Appendix 3: The Five Functions and Sixteen Sub-Processes. Appendix 4: A Personal Example.
Alistair McAlpine and Kate Dixey plumb the depths of happiness and come up with what it takes to achieve that elusive goal and be successful in life, business and relationships with coworkers, bosses, employees and people in general. Drawing on philosophy and historical references, McAlpine and Dixey show how incorporating a simple and yet sophisticated approach to all aspects of life.
Table of Contents
Foreword 1. Civilizations Cornerstone: Kindness 2. Finding your rhythm 3. Alluring beauty 4. The glamour of food 5. A guide to sleep 6. The triumph from failure 7. The need for understanding 8. Return on imagination 9. Understanding success 10. Happiness Index
To order: 1-800-354-9706
47
INTERNATIONAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Copyright 2004
MANAGING DIVERSE WORKING STYLES: THE LEADERSHIP COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE

Copyright 2005
MANAGEMENT
Murphy, Owen
UCLA 0-324-20302-0 (232 pages, Hardbound)
Potoker, Elaine
Maine Maritime Academy 0-324-25945-X (120 pages, Softbound)
The stakes are high in international ventures. Success can be lucrative, but only if formidable obstacles are overcome and unexpected expenses are reined in. Taking a unique approach to international project management, International Project Management is a cutting-edge new book that introduces financial control systems to help manage cost and schedule.
http://potoker.swlearning.com This book recognizes that mobile, culturallyconstituted individuals may construct themselves daily as groups do business, and provides managers with theory and practice for assessing their own communication and working style preferences.
Table of Contents
Overview 1. Introduction I. Getting started 2. International projects, pros and cons 3. Available resources, taking stock 4. Developing a game plan II. Defining the project 5. Organizing and staffing 6. Financial controls 7. Managing the risks III. Executing the project in-country 8. Subcontracts and offset requirements 9 How to conduct trade-off studies 10. Predicting problems through financial controls 11. Dealing with a diversity 12. Evaluation and selloff Appendices Suggested reading Glossary of terms
Table of Contents
1. Breaking the Code 2. The Limitations of Language 3. Learning Organizations, Present and Future: Recognizing the Others Are Us 4. [Intermezzo] The Changing Face of Management 5. Managements New Face 6. Building Learning Organizations through Learning Landscapes 7. Communications Design Issues of the Future
APPLICATIONS IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: CASES, EXERCISES, AND SKILL BUILDERS, 5E

Copyright 2005
MANAGING ORGANIZATIONS IN A GLOBAL ECONOMY: AN INTERCULTURAL PERSPECTIVE

Copyright 2005
Nkomo, Stella
University of South Africa
Saee, John
IESEG School of Management, Lille, France 0-324-26154-3 (256 pages, Softbound)
Fottler, Myron D.
University of Central Florida
http://saee.swlearning.com Managing Organizations in a Global Economy addresses the wide-ranging contemporary issues and challenges that confront modern management of enterprises in the global economy. It provides the stimulus for critical debates and practical applications by the academic and professional business communities. * Learning Objectives: Indicate what issues will be discussed and guide the reader in the study of the chapter. * Boxed Examples: Include figures, tables, case studies, and vignettes, that are designed to further clarify the issues raised within chapters. * Critical Discussion Questions: Stimulate critical thinking and reinforce the readers learning. * Application Exercises: Helps the user apply the materials to realworld examples. * Chapter Summaries: Reinforce the major concepts developed in the chapters.
McAfee, R. Bruce
Old Dominion University 0-324-20081-1 (360 pages, Softbound)
http://nkomo.swlearning.com Applications in Human Resource Management is a single source of cases, exercises, incidents, and skill builders to supplement introductory human resource management courses. These materials offer a fresh approach based on dynamic, real-life organizational events confronting both human resource managers and line managers. * Introductory Topics: The text is designed to supplement all Introduction to HRM books and is outstanding for both undergraduate and graduate courses where hands on activities are desired. * Manageable Activities: Most materials can be completed within 50 minute classroom period so learners wont be rushed or forced to cut corners to complete activities to complete within the time frame.
Table of Contents
1. Human Resources Management in Perspective: Environment, International, and Legal Issues 2. Meeting Human Resource Requirements: Job Analysis/Design, Planning, Recruitment, and Selection 3. Developing Effectiveness in Human Resources: Training, Career Development, and Performance Appraisal 4. Implementing Compensation and Security: Compensation, Incentives, Benefits, and Safety and Health 5. Enhancing Employee Relations: Motivation, Employee Rights and Discipline, Labor Relations, and Collective Bargaining 6. Human Resource Audits/Term Assignments
Table of Contents
1. Globalization 2. Understanding Cross-Cultural Management Dimensions 3. Worldview and Religion 4. Communication and Culture 5. Nonverbal Communication Across Cultures 6. Theoretical Perspectives on Intercultural Communication 7. Organizational Culture 8. Leadership Across Cultures 9. Motivating Across Cultures 10. International Negotiation 11. Cross-Cultural Conflict and Conflict Resolution 12. Global Business Ethics 13. International Human Resource Management 14. International Project Management 15. Managerial Excellence in Global Management: Cross-Cultural Dimensions
Supplements
PowerPoint Presentation Slides 0-324-28955-3
Supplements
48
GROWING YOUR BUSINESS GLOBALLY

Copyright 2005
Table of Contents
PART I. WELL-TRODDEN PATHS. PART II. ALTERNATE ROUTES. PART III. ANCIENT FOOTPRINTS. PART IV. ROADS LESS TRAVELED. PART V. ENDLESS JOURNEY.
Taft, Robert
President and CEO of The Taft Group; University of Central Florida 0-324-20303-9 (352 pages, Hardbound)
MANAGEMENT
Written by a respected authority in international business, Growing Your Business Globally offers a wealth of practical information to business owners, managers and anyone considering crossing the border in business. * Success Factors: Highlights factors influencing the dynamic global economy, including capitalism in the Third World, terrorism, technology, and the all-important supply chain. It also offers thorough coverage of financing considerations, the pros and cons of various business arrangements, steps to successful exporting, and cultural differences from five of the worlds regions. * Operations Bests: The second half emphasizes international business operations, spotlighting the best practices from actual companies. The reader then uses this information to develop a business plan and an agreement for an international joint venture. * Case Study Emphasis: Integrated throughout, case studies are highlighted as examples of real-world challenges in international business, giving readers practice grappling with business and marketing strategy, managing global operations, solving financial management problems, and ultimately creating an overseas company.
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR: SECURING COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE, 5E

Copyright 2005
Wagner, John
Michigan State University
Hollenbeck, John
Michigan State University 0-324-25995-6 (648 pages, Softbound)
http://wagner.swlearning.com Organizational Behavior, 5th edition is a comprehensive and research based examination of modern organizational behavior. The authors present organizational behavior as a way to develop and extend a competitive advantage over the competition. * Securing Competitive Advantage: This boxed feature provides insight into the competitive advantages provided by organizational behavior. Each box pinpoints an issue, and explores the climate surrounding the competitive advantage as discussed in the box. * Highlight on Research: A new feature called Cutting Edge Research presents current topics in Organizational Behavior and areas of ongoing research. * Ethics and Social Responsibility: This new feature presents an ethical dilemma faced by various individuals or organizations, and the outcome of their decisions stimulating discussion and helping learners develop stronger ethical decision making. * Research-Based: The text builds upon the research of the field, providing an objective view.
Table of Contents
Introduction. 1. Factors That Will Influence the Global Economy. 2. Assessing a Companys Capability to Do International Business in the Changing Global Economy. 3. Factors to Consider in the International Investment Decision. 4. The International Business Progression. 5. The Ten Steps to Successful Exporting. 6. Preparing for Cultural Differences. 7. The First Negotiation (Agent/Distributor Agreement or Licensing). 8. Three Levels of Thinking: Information Gathering, Analysis and Strategy Development. 9. Reverse Marketing for International Business. 10. Organizational Structure and Operations Management. 11. Financial Management. 12. Multinational Costs of Capital, Capital Structure and Capital Budgeting. 13. The Second Negotiation: The International Joint Venture.
OUT OF CONTEXT: A CREATIVE APPROACH TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT

Copyright 2005
* Diagnostic Questions: Questions at the end of each chapter help readers focus on the key ideas presented. * Graphics and Design: Visual representations of many of the ideas being discussed throughout the text help explain key points.
Table of Contents
PART I. INTRODUCTION. PART II. MICRO ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR. PART III. MESO ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR. PART IV. MACRO ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR . PART V. CONCLUSION.
Wagner Weick, Cynthia

University of the Pacific 0-324-27412-2 (160 pages, Softbound)
http://wagner-weick.swlearning.com Out of Context complements traditional texts in strategic management rather than substitutes for them. It helps readers to think about strategy conceptually and creatively, not just analytically, with a useful tool to achieve that end. Using metaphor as the principal means to uncover new insights, Wagner Weick has assembled a set of challenging resources. * Discussion Questions: Questions for discussion for each reading appear at the end of each section and provide a variety of avenues into the readings that are sure to deepen readers understanding of strategy. Questions also serve a variety of pedagogical purposes, from testing to abetting in-class discussion to augmenting written assignments. * Flexibility: The text conveniently segments readings into five standalone sections so that assignments can be chosen to complement course outlines.
Supplements
ExamView Testing Software Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM Test Bank Video Cases 0-324-23660-3 0-324-23657-3 0-324-23661-1 0-324-23658-1 0-324-23612-3
To order: 1-800-354-9706
49
MANAGEMENT, 3E
Copyright 2005
Supplements
Biz Flix Video ExamView Testing Software Instructor Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM Management Workplace Videos Our Feature Presentation Film Clips on DVD PowerPoint Presentation Slides Study Guide Take Two Videos (DVD) Test Bank Transparency Acetates WebTutor Advantage on Blackboard WebTutor Advantage on WebCT WebTutor ToolBox for Blackboard 0-324-20396-9 0-324-20134-6 0-324-20130-3 0-324-20135-4 0-324-20395-0 0-324-31868-5 0-324-20355-1 0-324-20133-8 0-324-31953-3 0-324-20131-1 0-324-20132-X 0-324-22196-7 0-324-22195-9 0-534-27489-7
Williams, Chuck
MANAGEMENT
Texas Christian University 0-324-20126-5 (768 pages, Hardbound)
http://williams.swlearning.com Management, 3rd edition by Chuck Williams presents management theory and applications in an engaging narrative style not commonly found in textbooks. Williams unique organization and features focus on the critical theories and enhance them with detailed examples that draw the reader into the reading and clearly show their implications for managers and organizations. * Doing the Right Thing: Ethical decision making is a critical managerial skill. To help develop ethical thinking, a new feature has been added called Doing the Right Thing presenting a brief real-life ethical situation for learners to evaluate and consider the right thing to do. The format of this feature creates an increased emphasis on the role of ethics without making it pedantic. * New History of Management Options: Management, 3rd edition includes two options for the coverage of management history. For those that integrate or do not include coverage, the Blast from the Past feature spotlights the historical roots of key concepts. For those that prefer more intensive coverage, there now is an optional history chapter that is available on the student CD and as a print module that can be packaged with the text. * What Really Works: This feature presents meta-analysis through easy to understand bar graphs and percentages that show what really works and the conditions under which management techniques may work better or worse in the real world. * Been There, Done That: These interviews with accomplished business people and renowned management scholars make expert advice available to learners and give them insight from those that walk the talk. * Developing Your Managerial Potential: At the end of each chapter are Developing Your Managerial Potential exercises that provide hands-on learning opportunities to help readers develop their own managerial skills. * What Would You Do-II? is an end of chapter case using the same format as the opener. Resolutions to both cases are available in the instructors manual, making them a great tool for discussion. * Blast From the Past: Rather than include a separate history of Management chapter that is often omitted from the course, Williams highlights the important historical developments of a managerial topic within the related chapters themselves. An innovative and first-of-its-kind feature, Blast from the Past connects the historical root with modern practice, giving the learner a deeper understanding and more rounded perspective. * Author Insights: Author Insights are short video clips in which Chuck Williams explains the more challenging concepts presented in each chapter. He draws from his own teaching experience to provide additional reinforcement for learners. Only available only on Williams Xtra!
STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT

Copyright 2005
Yorks, Lyle
Columbia University, Teachers College 0-324-07178-7 (400 pages, Softbound)
http://yorks.swlearning.com Human Resources Development is written with the primary purpose of covering core and emerging issues in Human Resource Development. The books secondary purpose is to offer a specific perspective on HRD, one that links the practice of HRD to enhancing organizational strategy and developing performance capability through learning interventions. The goal of the text is to provide learners with a framework to understand the role of HRD in the strategic imperatives of an organization, the foundations of HRD practice, and stimulate debate as to the role of HRD in todays organizations. * Theory and Research: The text presents the theoretical foundations of HRD practice, examining the literature, models, and research that are critical to the field. * Chapter Overview: Each chapter begins with a brief introduction that positions the chapter content for the learner. * From Theory to Practice: Part III of the text is a set of cases, written by HRD professionals working in the field and represents a combination of issues that face practitioners. Each case is followed by a set of questions that can facilitate analysis of the case in the context of various concepts that have been presented.
Table of Contents
PART I. STRATEGY MAKING AS LEARNING: POSITIONING THE ROLE OF HRD IN STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT. PART II. PUTTING HRD INTO PRACTICE. PART III. FROM THEORY TO PRACTICE.
Table of Contents
PART I: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT. PART II: MAKING THINGS HAPPEN. PART III: MEETING THE COMPETITION. PART IV: ORGANIZING PEOPLE, PROJECTS, AND PROCESSES. PART V: LEADING.
Supplements
50
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR: INTEGRATED MODELS AND APPLICATIONS

Copyright 2005
ISBN: 0-324-18405-0 Copyright 2004 Building High-Tech Product Companies: The Maelstrom Effect Bowen, James, CompEngServ, Ltd. ISBN: 0-538-72701-2 Copyright 2004 Human Resource Management in Local Government: Concepts and Applications for HRM Students and Practitioners Buford, James A., Auburn University Lindner, James R., Texas A&M University ISBN: 0-324-06156-0 Copyright 2002 Costing Human Resources, 4E Cascio, Wayne F., University of Colorado, Denver ISBN: 0-324-00709-4 Copyright 2000 Global Business Negotiations: A Practical Guide Cellich, Claude, Vice President of International University in Geneva Jain, Subhash, University of Connecticut, Storrs ISBN: 0-538-72658-X Copyright 2004 Business Lessons for Entrepreneurs: 35 Things You Need to Know for Having a Successful Business Csordos, Mark D. ISBN: 0-538-72649-0 Copyright 2003 Organization Theory and Design, 8E Daft, Richard L., Vanderbilt University ISBN: 0-324-15691-X Copyright 2004 Human Resource Development, 3E DeSimone, Randy L., Rhode Island College Werner, Jon M., University of Wisconsin-Whitewater Harris, David M., Rhode Island College ISBN: 0-03-031932-3 Copyright 2002 Strategy: Process, Content, Context, An International Perspective, 3E de Wit, Bob, Maastricht School of Management Meyer, Ron, Erasmus University ISBN: 0-324-28271-0 Copyright 2004 Effective Coaching: Lessons from the Coachs Coach, 3E Downey, Myles, Founder and Director of Studies at the School of Coaching ISBN: 1-58799-172-1 Copyright 2003 Healthcare Human Resource Management Flynn, Walter, University of Nebraska, Omaha Mathis, Robert L., University of Nebraska, Omaha Jackson, John, University of Wyoming Langan, Patrick, University of Minnesota ISBN: 0-324-17576-0 Copyright 2004 Human Resource Selection, 5E Gatewood , Robert, University of Georgia Feild, Hubert S., Auburn University ISBN: 0-03-031933-1 Copyright 2001 Organizational Behavior, 10E Hellriegel, Don, Texas A&M University Slocum, John, Southern Methodist University ISBN: 0-324-15684-7 Copyright 2004 Competing for Advantage Hoskisson, Robert, University of Oklahoma Hitt, Michael, Arizona State University Ireland, R. Duane, University of Richmond ISBN: 0-324-27158-1 Copyright 2004 Guidelines for Excellence in Management Ivancevich, John, CEO of AMSI Duening, Tom, President of AMSI and University of Houston ISBN: 0-324-27149-2 Copyright 2004
MANAGEMENT
Zachary, William
San Jose State University
Kuzuhara, Loren
University of Wisconsin - Madison 0-324-18907-9 (350 pages, Softbound)
http://zachary.swlearning.com Organizational Behavior: Integrated Models and Applications directly addresses many of the current trends in the market and approaches OB from a non-traditional perspective. Rather than trying to cover the broad spectrum of OB topics found in a survey text, a carefully selected list of topics is dealt with in greater detail. Particular emphasis is placed on application of these topics in real world settings. * Higher Level Learning Modules: To help engage learners in higher level of learning, each chapter contains short application modules with titles related to the desired learning outcome: Application and Synthesis, Application and Analysis, and Application and Evaluation. * Application Activities: A variety of Application Activities are included to help learners develop deeper insights into the field. Many of these activities will require group interaction, although many are able to be completed by individuals or teams. * Experiential Exercises: At the end of each chapter are two experiential exercisesone designed for the classroom and the other for field work. These exercises provide learners a broad range of activities and experiences to reinforce chapter content.
Table of Contents
PART I. INTRODUCTION. PART II. THE INDIVIDUAL LEVEL. PART III. THE GROUP LEVEL. PART IV. THE ORGANIZATIONAL LEVEL.
Supplements
Instructors Manual with Test Bank 0-324-18908-7
THER MANAGEMENT TITLES AVAILABLE FROM THOMSON SOUTH-WESTERN.

Player Manager: Rise of Professionals Who Manage While They Work Augur, Philip, City of London for American Palmer, Joy, University of Durham, School of Education ISBN: 1-58799-165-9 Copyright 2003 Experiential Exercises in Organization Theory and Design Baker, III, H., University of North Florida Paulson, Steven, University of North Florida ISBN: 0-324-16863-2 Copyright 2004 Compensation Decision Making, 4E Bergmann, Thomas, University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire Scarpello, Vida, Georgia State University ISBN: 0-03-031972-2 Copyright 2001 Managing Human Resources Bohlander, George, Arizona State University Snell, Scott, Cornell University
To order: 1-800-354-9706
51
MANAGEMENT
Managing Human Resources Through Strategic Partnerships, 8E Jackson, Susan E., Rutgers University Schuler, Randall S., Rutgers University ISBN: 0-324-15265-5 Copyright 2003 The Art of the Advantage: 36 Strategies to Seize the Competitive Edge Krippendorf, Kaihan, Consultant for McKinsey & Company, Deloitte Consulting, Matsumoto Group, and Calhoun Baker ISBN: 1-58799-168-3 Copyright 2003 Entrepreneurship: Theory, Process, and Practice, 6E Kuratko, Donald, Ball State University Hodgetts, Richard, Florida International University ISBN: 0-324-25826-7 Copyright 2004 Strategic Entrepreneurial Growth, 2E Kuratko, Donald, Ball State University Welsch, Harold, DePaul University ISBN: 0-324-25823-2 Copyright 2004 Strategic Human Resource Management Mello, Jeffrey A., Towson University ISBN: 0-324-06584-1 Copyright 2002 Readings and Cases in International Human Resources Management, 3E Mendenhall, Mark E., University of Tennessee, Chattanooga Oddou, Gary R., San Jose State University ISBN: 0-324-00634-9 Copyright 2000 Naftas 2nd Decade: Assessing Opportunities In the Mexican And Canadian Markets Nevaer, Louis, Director of Political Analysis for International Credit Monitor, Merida, Mexico ISBN: 0-324-20324-1 Copyright 2004 Wake Up Calls: Classic Cases in Business Ethics, 2E Newton, Lisa H., Fairfield University Schmidt, David, Fairfield University ISBN: 0-324-26152-7 Copyright 2004 Training for Organizations, 2E OConnor, Dr. Bridget N., New York University Bronner, Dr. Michael, New York University Delaney, Chester, Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. ISBN: 0-538-72461-7 Copyright 2002 Strategic Management, 3E Pitts, Robert A., Gettysburg College Lei, David, Southern Methodist University ISBN: 0-324-11689-6 Copyright 2003 International Management, 2E Rodrigues, Carl, Montclair State University ISBN: 0-324-04150-0 Copyright 2001 Bankable Business Plans Rogoff, Edward, Sicken School of Business, Baruch College, CUNY ISBN: 1-58799-163-2 Copyright 2003 The Managers Handbook of Client/Server Computing in Business and Finance Siegel, Joel, Queens College Shim, Jae, California State University, Long Beach ISBN: 0-538-72696-2 Copyright 2003 Integrating Corporate Risk Management Shimpi, Prakash, Society of Actuaries; Swiss Re New Markets; Atlantic International Reinsurnace Company ISBN: 1-58799-061-X Copyright 2001 High-Performance Employees: How to Recruit, Motivate & Retain Your Best Performers Skinner, Steven, University of Kentucky Dubinsky, Alan, Purdue University ISBN: 0-324-20096-X Copyright 2004
Born to Succeed: Releasing Your Business Potential Turner, Colin, University of Humberside ISBN: 1-58799-123-3 Copyright 2002 Lead to Succeed: Creating Entrepreneurial Organizations Turner, Colin, University of Humberside ISBN: 1-58799-124-1 Copyright 2002 Paths to Succeed: Developing Your Entrepreneurial Thinking Turner, Colin, University of Humberside ISBN: 1-58799-125-X Copyright 2002 Web-Based Analysis For Competitive Intelligence Vibert, Coner, University of Wolfville, Nova Scotia ISBN: 0-324-20325-X Copyright 2004 Business Ethics: A Stakeholder and Issues Management Approach, 3e Weiss, Joseph W., Bentley College ISBN: 0-03-018458-4 Copyright 2003 The Global Business Game: A Simulation in Strategic Management and International Business, 2E Wolfe, Joseph, University of Tulsa ISBN: 0-324-16183-2 Copyright 2003 Business Research Methods with WebSurveyor, 7E Zikmund, William G., Oklahoma State University ISBN: 0-03-035084-0 Copyright 2003 I
52
MARKETING
OUTSOURCING THE SALES FUNCTION: THE REAL COSTS OF FIELD SALES
Copyright 2005
HIGHER PROFITS THROUGH CUSTOMER LOCK-IN: A ROADMAP

Copyright 2005
Bueschken, Joachim
Catholic University of Eichstatt, Germany 0-324-20265-2 (224 pages, Hardbound)
MARKETING
Anderson, Erin Trinkle, Bob

0-324-20748-4 (256 pages, Hardbound)
This book sheds new light on the personal selling function in businessto-business markets. Well versed in the area of manufacturers reps, the authors equip managers with the tools to determine the true costs and benefits of both in-house and outsourced forces. The authors offer detailed information about the true costs and benefits of running a sales force and discuss how to effectively work with a manufacturers representative to optimize your return. The book includes a CD-ROM with a cost calculator.
For the most part, customer satisfaction programs are ineffective. Companies need to strive for customer lock-in. Customers are locked into a companys product when the switching costs are high. This could result from the product being integrated into the companies business systems (Microsoft, SAP, etc). Thus, managers must ask themselves, how can I increase the switching costs of my customer? Bueschkens The Profitable Consumer is Not Satisfied, but Locked In covers different strategies for locking in customers. * Strategic Emphasis: While other books emphasize customer service, this dynamic book looks at customer loyalty as a strategy and gives readers the tools to effectively employ it. * Something for Everyone: Written for entry-level to mid-level marketing managers, The Profitable Consumer is Not Satisfied, But Locked In covers a diverse range of strategies for locking in customers, making it an invaluable resource for companies of all sizes, with products of all prices ranges, and targeting all markets.
Table of Contents
I. THE B2B SALES FORCE: INCOME STATEMENT AND BALANCE SHEET. 2. The True Cost of Fielding a B2B Sales Force. 3. Manufacturers Representatives. II. WHEN REPS ARE THE APPROPRIATE CHOICE- AND WHEN NOT. 4. When to use a Rep as the Primary Sales Force- and When Not. 5. When to UUse a Rep in Addition to Other Channels. III. HOW TO DEAL EFFECTIVELY WITH REPS. 6. Economic Arguments Used to Influence Rep Behavior. 7. The Human Factor. 8. How, When, and Why Reps Have Power and Influence in the Market. 9. Building a Long-Term Strategic Alliance with Your Rep.
Table of Contents
I. BEWARE OF THE CUSTOMER SATISFACTION TRAP. II. DRIVERS OF A PROFITABLE CUSTOMER BASE. III. CREATING AND MASTERING LOCK-IN.
BUSINESS TO BUSINESS MARKETING RESEARCH

Copyright 2005
MARKETING RESEARCH: METHODOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS, 9E

Copyright 2005
Block, Martin
Medill School of Journalism at Northwestern University
Block, Tamara
Block Marketing Research and formerly taught at Medill/IMC and Michigan State University 0-324-22230-0 (288 pages, Hardbound)
Churchill, Gilbert
University of Wisconsin
Iacobucci, Dawn
Northwestern University 0-324-20160-5 (1,006 pages, Hardbound)
In todays fiercely competitive business climate, marketing research is vital especially investment in the right kind of research. While basic, general research techniques are similar for all kinds of marketing, B2B is a different beast. Ideal for midlevel marketing on up to top general management, Business to Business Marketing Research helps professionals throughout the organization get their arms around B2B. The book offers readers valuable insight into the latest trends and issues in B2B research, as well as equips them with the tools to use it more effectively and profitably. * Comprehensive Coverage: Spotlighting all sizes of organizations from the $25 million annual sales range to the top Fortune 100 companies Business to Business Marketing Research covers the gamut of B2B, from basic key techniques to more advanced operations. * Hot Topics: In-depth discussions of issues specific to B2B research includes new techniques related to focus groups and depth interviews, as well as the impact of data mining and other computer and technology-driven types of research topics not fully addressed by competing books. * Live Data CD: An accompanying CD gives readers practical hands-on experience exploring and manipulating live data.
http://churchill.swlearning.com This market leader has established itself as a classic through seven previous editions by presenting superior, balanced coverage of both the qualitative and quantitative aspects of marketing research. The six stages of the research process provide a solid framework to ensure the development of students conceptual and practical understanding of marketing research. It may be used for both upper-division undergraduate and graduate level courses. * Extensive treatment of cutting-edge topics such as data-mining, ethics in the field of marketing research, international marketing research, and current managerial trends for effective decision-making in the field. * A modular design enhances teaching flexibility by placing some of the more complex information in appendices immediately after the chapter to allow individual professors complete control over the amount and breadth of the material covered during the course. * Increased emphasis on the Internet, and its impact on the field of marketing research through comparisons between Web-based survey research and traditional survey techniques such as mail surveys and phone interviews..
Table of Contents
1. Business-to-Business Research 2. Value-Based Marketing Perspective 3. Secondary Sources of Information 4. Marketing Databases 5. Analytical Techniques 6. Designing Survey Research 7. Fielding Survey Research 8. Qualitative Research Method 9. Focus Group Interviews 10. Conjoint Analysis 11. Multidimensional Scaling and Preference Mapping 12. Marketing Mix Models and Financial Returns
To order: 1-800-354-9706
53
Table of Contents
PART I. MARKETING RESEARCH, THE RESEARCH PROCESS AND PROBLEM DEFINITION. PART II. DETERMINE RESEARCH DESIGN. PART III. DESIGN DATA-COLLECTION METHOD AND FORMS. PART IV. SAMPLE DESIGN AND DATA COLLECTION. PART V. ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION OF DATA. PART VI. THE RESEARCH REPORT.
Increasing competition and mounting pressure to boost revenues leave limited growth options for some companies, prompting many to turn a hopeful eye toward international markets. * Exports from A-Z: The Export Marketing Imperatives thorough coverage takes readers step-by-step through the exporting process, covering finance, regulations, exchange rates, partnering arrangements, pricing, communications, e-exporting, market strategy and tactics, and much more. * Export Marketing Plan: A section devoted to the export marketing plan concludes the book, giving readers the tools to effectively put together their own marketing plan. * Experienced Author Team: Written by an author team highly respected for their work in academic, business, and government sectors, the book is packed with proven, practical strategies and tips for succeeding in the dynamic exports field.
MARKETING
Supplements
ExamView (available on IRCD or online only) Instructors Manual (available on IRCD or online only) Instructors Resource CD PowerPoint (available on IRCD or online only) Test Bank (available on IRCD or online only) Video 0-324-23649-2 0-324-23647-6 0-324-23646-8 0-324-23650-6 0-324-23648-4 0-324-23645-X
Table of Contents
MASTERING GLOBAL MARKETS: STRATEGIES FOR TODAYS TRADE GLOBALIST

Copyright 2004
I. THE EXPORT MARKETING IMPERATIVE. II. THE EXPORT PROCESS. III. THE EXPORT ENVIRONMENT. IV. EXPORT MARKETING STRATEGIES. V. THE EXPORT MARKETING PLAN.
Czinkota, Michael
RETAILING, 5E
Copyright 2005
Ronkainen, Ilkka
Dunne, Patrick
Texas Tech University
Donath, Bob
Bob Donath & Company 0-538-72665-2 (384 pages, Hardbound)
Lusch, Robert
University of Arizona 0-324-20139-7 (576 pages, Hardbound)
This book is designed for business professionals that are either thinking about taking their business globally or want to improve their global strategy. Beginning first with an overview of the global business environment, Mastering Global Markets: Strategies for Todays Trade Globalist covers all aspects of entering global markets from strategic planning to tactical implementation. * Mastering Global Markets logical strategic flow includes analyzing the environment, developing strategy to deploying strategy. * The impact of e-Commerce on global marketing strategy is integrated throughout. * Comprehensive coverage is given to identifying and securing international financing. * Thorough discussions of the risks associated with global marketing are integrated throughout the book. * An entire chapter is devoted to marketing services globally.
http://dunne.swlearning.com The Fifth Edition of Retailing, like much of retailing itself, has undergone significant changes from prior editions. Every chapter of this edition includes up-to-date coverage on the latest trends and practices in the industry. * Managing People: The fifth edition contains a brand new chapter 14, Managing People, which deals with important interpersonal management decisions as they relate to retailing, exposing readers to various business situations that they may face in the real-world. * Endorsement by the National Retailing Federation: For the first time ever, the fifth edition of Retailing has been backed and endorsed by the National Retailing Federation. * Inside Story: This feature is integrated throughout each chapter and discusses and provides the reader with the Inside Story behind some recent retailing activity, event, or decision, giving readers real world information. * The House Retail Project: The House is a retail project found at the end of each chapter. It contains two exercises per chapter about a small retail apparel shop where students can apply the concepts they have learned. * Whats New: These box features provide readers with information on the impact of new technologies, specifically the Internet, and its affect on retailing. * Global Retailing and Service Retailing: Integrated throughout the text, these boxes inform readers of what is happening in the international retail market, and how the online retailers and retailers providing services have addressed the issues presented in that chapter.
Table of Contents
I. THE INTERNATIONAL MARKETING ENVIRONMENT. II. INTERNATIONAL MARKETING STRATEGIES. III. MANAGING GLOBAL MARKETING.
THE EXPORT MARKETING IMPERATIVE

Copyright 2005
Czinkota, Michael
Ronkainen, Ilkka
Table of Contents
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION TO RETAILING. PART TWO: THE RETAILING ENVIRONMENT. PART THREE. MARKET SELECTION AND LOCATION ANALYSIS. PART FOUR. MANAGING RETAIL OPERATIONS. PART FIVE. RETAIL ADMINISTRATION.
Illka, Ortiz
0-324-22258-0 (240 pages, Hardbound)
54
Supplements
Instructors Manual (available on IRCD or online only) Instructors Resource CD PowerPoint Presentation Slides (available on IRCD or online only) Test Bank(available on IRCD or online only) Video (DVD) Video (VHS) 0-324-23251-9 0-324-23248-9 0-324-23250-0 0-324-23249-7 0-324-32056-6 0-324-32060-4
THE CUSTOMER LEARNING CURVE: CREATING PROFITS FROM MARKETING CHAOS

Copyright 2004
Hellman, Karl
Resultrek Northwestern University
MARKETING
Burst, Ardis
Writer and consultant 0-324-22667-5 (210 pages, Hardbound)
MARKETING STRATEGY, 3E
Copyright 2005
http://www.resultrek.com The Customer Learning Curve examines every aspect of selling a product or service from the customers point of view. It enables you to take an integrated, customer-centered approach and help move the customer through the learning curve more effectively. It helps you cope with too many choices, deal effectively with disruption, make midcourse corrections, assess the progress of a new product or service, and assist top management in making good choices.
Ferrell, O. C.
Hartline, Michael
Florida State University 0-324-20140-0 (648 pages, Softbound)
http://ferrell.swlearning.com Marketing Strategy is presented from a perspective that guides strategic marketing management in the social, economic, and technological arenas in which businesses function today. This text helps students develop a customer-oriented market strategy and market plan, including cases. Marketing Strategy, 3e is up to date and an appropriate text for the capstone course in Marketing or the MBA level course in Marketing. * New Chapter 1: Marketing in the New Economy, reviews basic marketing topics and recent marketing trends in light of the Internet economy. This chapter both opens the text and provides a refresher for students who have been far-removed from the introductory marketing course for awhile. * Brand New Chapter on Ethics, Social and Legal Issues: Chapter 12, Ethical, Social, and Legal Issues in Marketing Strategy, has been added to cover the role of these important issues in developing marketing strategy. This coverage is both timely and important in light of several corporate scandals over the last several years. * Focus on the Creative Process & Relationship Building: The third edition involves a practical, straightforward approach to analyzing, planning, and implementing marketing strategies focusing on the creative process involved in applying the knowledge and concepts of marketing to the development and implementation of marketing strategy. * Emphasis on the Marketing Plan: This edition contains a continued emphasis on the marketing plan, including the how and why of each of its component parts. The SWOT analysis, strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats, approach to marketing planning is powerful and easy to use. * Marketing Plan Worksheets and Sample Plans: Included in the appendices at the end of the text are worksheets to help complete a marketing plan, as well as sample marketing plans for readers to see what a completed plan may look like and include.
Table of Contents
1. Marketing Chaos, and What to Do About It 2. Who Needs What Your Company Sells? 3. Who Is Aware of Your Offering and Its Benefits 4. Who Can Access Your Product or Service 5. Are Your Customers Motivated? 6. What Influences Purchase? Pricing and Selling Your Product or Service 7. Who Learns How to Use Your Product or Service? 8. Do Your Customers Experience Value? 9. Are You Creating Loyal Users? 10. How to Create Profits from Marketing Chaos References Index
MARKETING PRINCIPLES AND BEST PRACTICES, 3E

Copyright 2005
Hoffman, K.
Czinkota, Michael
Visit http://bestpractices.swlearning.com for a complete list of Contributing Authors

0-324-20044-7 (640 pages, Hardbound)
http://bestpractices.swlearning.com Voice of the Expert! Marketing Principles and Best Practices, 3e combines the expertise of the best teachers and most accomplished scholars in marketing. These experts have collaborated in writing a leading-edge, contemporary principles of marketing textbook. * Environmental Forces Framework: New to the third edition, the textbook will feature an organizational structure based on the environmental forces that impact marketing strategy and place decision-making within the context of the micro- and macroenvironments. * Interactive Marketing Activities: These interactive marketing activities, guide students in evaluating and assessing various marketing strategies for actual companies. Students read the opening vignettes and apply various marketing concepts to questions asked. These activities build decision-making skills and to observe the outcome of various marketing strategies. * Ethical Considerations in Marketing: This new feature will reinforce the message that ethics, values, corporate responsibility, and integrity are the new watchwords in todays business.
Table of Contents
1. Marketing in the New Economy. 2. Strategic Marketing Planning. 3. Situation Analysis: Collecting and Analyzing Marketing Information. 4. SWOT Analysis: A Framework for Developing Marketing Strategy. 5. Managing Customer Relationship. 6. Market Segmentation, Target Marketing, and Positioning. 7. Product Strategy. 8. Pricing Strategy. 9. Distribution and Supply Chain Management. 10. Integrated Marketing Communications. 11. Implementation and Control. 12. Ethical, Social, and Legal Issues in Marketing Strategy. Cases. Appendix A. Marketing Plan Worksheets. Appendix B. Sample Marketing Plans.
Supplements
Instructors Manual with Test Bank Instructors Resource CD-ROM 0-324-31836-7 0-324-23382-5
To order: 1-800-354-9706
55
* Focus on Emerging Markets: To create an awareness of the diverse and rich cultural issues in marketing, these new features highlight how companies are adjusting their marketing strategies to respond to the socio/cultural (e.g., ethnic, gender, age ) changes in the domestic and international marketplace, allowing readers to understand how these areas are addressed in the business world.
* Building Your Sales Knowledge: Chapter objectives are listed at the beginning of each chapter so that students are aware of what concepts they need to be familiar with. * Sales Passport: These boxes integrated throughout each chapter, discuss how selling practices can differ among countries or cultures. These features reemphasize the need for the agile salesperson regardless of the country or culture they are in. * Technology in Action: Included in each chapter, Technology in Action highlights innovative technology available to salespeople and how it is being used in the field to make them more productive, efficient, and successful in closing business. * From the Field: These features include articles from various selling magazines or organizations that touch on how chapter topics apply to real-life issues in companies, giving readers insight on how concepts are utilized in the business world. * Reviewing Your Sales Knowledge: This chapter summary re-caps key topics covered in the chapter, as a review tool for the reader. * Role Play Scenarios: Every chapter contains two short role-play scenarios, designed to illustrate the key topics of the chapter and give students practice for what to expect in the field. * Discussion Questions: Discussion questions, found at the end of each chapter, help the student review what the core concepts are in the chapter, as well as stimulate in-class discussions. * Knowledge Building Case: Each chapter contains 3-5 Knowledge Building Case questions that require the student to take an analytical look at the case found at the back of the book and apply chapter concepts to the issues found in that case. This is a great tool for instructors wanting their students to apply what they have learned throughout the text.
MARKETING
* Voice of the Expert Chapter Opener: Every chapter begins with a Voice of the Expert to introduce the expertise of the chapter author, establish relevance of the chapter, and preview its contents so readers know what lies ahead. * Marketing Arithmetic Appendix: A new appendix has been added to the third edition of Marketing Principles and Best Practices which covers basic marketing arithmetic, something that is important for all principles students to understand. * Team Activities: Included in the end-of-chapter activities are new team activities, allowing readers to work together to solve various questions and scenarios. Readers gain exposure to how functioning together can impact various decisions, as they will experience in realworld business situations. * Best Practices in E-Marketing: Best Practices in Marketing boxes are integrated throughout each chapter, these features spotlight examples of new technology used in a companies marketing strategy.
Table of Contents
PART ONE: THE MARKETING ENVIRONMENT. PART TWO: UNDERSTANDING THE MARKET. PART THREE: PRODUCT STRATEGY. PART FOUR: DISTRIBUTION STRATEGY. PART FIVE: INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS AND PRICING STRATEGY.
Supplements
ExamView Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Presentation Slides Study Guide Test Bank Transparency Acetates Videos WebTutor Advantage on Blackboard Webtutor Advantage on WebCT 0-324-22144-4 0-324-22139-8 0-324-22142-8 0-324-22141-X 0-324-22140-1 0-324-22138-X 0-324-22143-6 0-324-22146-0 0-324-22148-7 0-324-22149-5
Table of Contents
PART ONE. UNDERSTANDING THE ENVIRONMENT OF ASAP 1. Introduction to Selling ASAP 2. The Changing World of Sales 3. Selling Ethically 4. Building Customer Lifetime Value 5. Understanding Why Buyers Buy PART TWO. IMPLEMENTING THE SALES PROCESS WITH ASAP 6. Preparation 7. Attention 8. Examination 9. Prescription 10. Conviction and Motivation 11. Completion and Partnering PART THREE. MASTERING SALES AGILITY WITH ASAP 12. Selling to Major Accounts 13. Managing Your Time and Territory
Supplements
Instructors Resource CD-ROM Video Video (DVD) 0-324-18872-2 0-324-18874-9 0-324-32061-2
SELLING ASAP: ART, SCIENCE, AGILITY, PERFORMANCE

Copyright 2005
PUBLIC RELATIONS: THE COMPLETE GUIDE

Copyright 2004
Jones, Eli
University of Houston
Marconi, Joe
Author of 11 books on Marketing and PR, including The Publicity Handbook and Crisis Marketing 0-324-20304-7 (392 pages, Hardbound)
Stevens, Carl
Carl Stevens and Associates
Chonko, Larry
Baylor University 0-324-18753-X (528 pages, Hardbound)
http://jones-asap.swlearning.com Selling ASAP: Art, Science, Agility, and Performance offers a unique approach to professional selling. This new text focuses on the importance of viewing a sale not as a one-time encounter but as an opportunity to build a lifetime, mutually beneficial relationship with the customer. * Agility Masters: Every chapter opens with words of wisdom from a successful sales professional. These opening vignettes serve as a testimonial and an introduction to the core concepts for each chapter.
With the rise of integrated marketing communications (IMC) and the decline of paid media, the importance of public relations is on the upswing. Companies are realizing the benefit of speaking with one voice in both paid media and nonpaid efforts. And as media rates continue to rise though response rates fall and potential buyers are less moved by what they view as sales messages effective PR will only grow more vital.
Table of Contents
Introduction. I. UNDERSTANDING PUBLIC RELATIONS. 1. Public Relations: Art or Science. II. PHILOSOPHY, FORM AND FUNCTION. 2. PR by Objectives. 3. The Practice of Public Relations. 4. Defining Your Public(s). 5. Public Relations and the Media. 6. Reputation Management. 7. What PR Should Cost. 8. Evaluating the Results of Public Relations. Bibliography.
56
MANAGING SALES LEADS: TURNING COLD PROSPECTS INTO HOT CUSTOMERS

Copyright 2005
ENTERING & SUCCEEDING IN EMERGING COUNTRIES: MARKETING TO THE FORGOTTEN MAJORITY

Copyright 2004
Obermayer, James
AdTrack 0-324-20546-5 (256 pages, Hardbound)
Samli, A.
University of North Florida 0-538-72698-9 (216 pages, Hardbound)
MARKETING
Sales leads are what successful marketing is all about. Thats where the money is. Good, qualified leads make sales forces more efficient, more effective, and bottom line more profitable. Add in todays tough economy and the skills needed to generate and manage leads are even more vital. Offering a research-based, comprehensive treatment of this critically important marketing function, The Executives Guide to Managing Sales Leads delivers an excellent hands-on reference to every manager from midlevel sales and marketing managers to senior-level corporate execs at companies of every size, especially the midsize to Fortune 100 category.
Entering & Succeeding in Emerging Countries: Marketing to the Forgotten Majority is a must-read for professionals, business owners, managers, and anyone else considering growing their business in the untapped market of developing countries. An expert in marketing in developing economies, Samli equips readers with proven techniques and practices to uncover and realize profitable opportunities. Extremely practical, he also offers insight into the following: Initiating your global strategy, Determining the best way to enter the market, Establishing Pricing Strategies, Monitoring results, and much more!
Table of Contents Table of Contents

I. Sales Leads for Marketing and Sales Planning 1. Sales Leads for Tough Markets 2. Lead management Super Charges Sales and Marketing 3. Who Inquires and Why 4. Launching and Upgrading the Lead-management Program II. Qualified Leads from all Media 5. Planning Leads to Reach Selling Goals 6. Harneess the Lead Power of Advertising and Publicity 7. Mining Inquiry Gold at Trade Shows 8. Sete Your Sale in the Mail to Generate Leads 9. Telemarketing: Ignore It at Your Peril 10. Qualifying and Profiling Hot Sales Leads 11. Fulfillment: The First Step in Closing 12. Selling Your System to Sales 13. Computerizing Your Lead Managing Edge 14. Insights Form Inquiries: Closing the Marketing Loop Appendices Index Preface. Introduction. 1. The Second Wave of Globalization. 2. What Small and Medium Size Enterprises Have to Offer International Markets. 3. Market Behavior and Consumer Needs. 4. Negotiations and Segments. 5. Partnering for Profit. 6. Alliances, Strategic and Otherwise. 7. Product and Services Offering. 8. Reaching the Consumer Physically. 9. Moving the Merchandise and Passing the Word. 10. The Value of Products and Services. 11. Adjusting the Strategy to Poorer Markets. 12. An Independent Entity. 13. The Fairness Doctrine and A Sustainable Partnership. 14. Monitor, Monitor, Monitor. 15. The Future Outlook. Postscript. Index.
ACCOUNTABLE MARKETING: THE ECONOMICS OF DATA-DRIVEN MARKETING

Copyright 2005
UP AGAINST THE RETAIL GIANTS: TARGETING WEAKNESS GAINING AN EDGE

Copyright 2005
Samli, A.
University of North Florida 0-324-23308-6 (200 pages, Hardbound)
Rosenwald, Peter
Vice-President Direct Marketing and Executive Committee Member at Grupo Abril 0-324-20359-4 (384 pages, Hardbound)
Businesses are increasingly concerned about measurability and accountability particularly in the area of marketing. Executives and managers are searching for reliable methods to ensure that they are getting more out of their marketing efforts, as well as for ways to continue successful operations. Accountable Marketing: The Economics of Data-Driven Marketing offers an authoritative, thorough treatment of measurable marketing. Its practical, comprehensive coverage makes the book an excellent tool for midlevel managers through senior execs or anyone who wants to gain greater command of their marketing program. A CDROM is also included with 35 unique interactive templates allowing the user to do a wide-range of calculations for accountable marketing.
As market conditions become more difficult for small and medium sized retailers it is critical to have a retailing book aiming at that significant segment. Samlis Up Against the Retail Giants: Targeting Weakness- Gaining and Edge deals with survival and success of particularly small and medium sized retailers who are facing increasing adversity.
BRAND BABBLE: SENSE AND NONSENSE ABOUT BRANDING

Copyright 2004
Schultz, Don
Cranfield School of Management, Bedfordshire, UK Queensland University of Technology, Brisbane, Australia Agora Inc., Evanston, IL Medill School of Journalism, Northwestern University
Table of Contents
1. Introduction 2. Understanding Allowable Cost Per Order (ACPO) 3. Selling a Product/Service or Acquiring a Customer 4. Products and/or Services 5. Understanding the Economics of Different Selling Sequences 6. The Importance of the Customer 7. Sales Incentives 8. Promotional Planning & Control 9. CRM 10. Successful Economic and Strategic Planning for DDDM & CRM
Schultz, Heidi
Northwestern Universitys Department of Integrated Marketing Communications Agora Inc., Evanston, IL 0-538-72714-4 (156 pages, Hardbound)
Brand Babble: Sense and Nonsense about Branding is about both the good news and the bad news of branding. And, its vitally important to the success of your business. The authors show how every successful brand is the sum of relationships between buyer and seller and explain how marketers best communicate with their customers through an integrated approach that reflects the nature of that relationship. This
To order: 1-800-354-9706
57
book will be the essential ingredient in more insightful, easier, and, most important, more profitable branding work for both your company and your customers.
OTHER MARKETING TITLES AVAILABLE FROM THOMSON SOUTH-WESTERN.

Creating Marketing Conversations Between Customers and Sellers Baier-Stein, Donna, President of Direct Marketing Assoc. of Washington D.C. and New England ISBN: 0-324-20057-9 Copyright 2004 Introduction to Online Business Research Solutions Series Benjamin Group, Santa Barbara, California Copyright 2004
Table of Contents
MARKETING
1. What is a Brand? 2. Who Owns the Brand? 3. Separating Hula Hoops from Viable Brands 4. Dogs, Pigeons, Focus Groups, and Other Exotic Brand Research Techniques 5. Mental Models, S-Curves, and Multi-tasking 6. Reification, Abstractionism, Tribal Dances and Other Mumbo-Jumbo about Brands and Branding 7. How to Avoid the Mental Model Minefields 8. Magic Words, Mystic Signs, an Other Incomprehensible Incantations 9. Going Global 10. Birth Pains and Stretch Marks 11. Media Planning and Buying- An Arcane Science? 12. Why Branding Doesnt Take a Ton of Media Spending 13. Brand Tracking in the Himalayas: Nice to Know, But Not Very Useful as a Brand Measure 14. Searching for Brand Equity in All the Right Places 15. Future Babble Index
COMPETITIVE INTELLIGENCE: A FRAMEWORK FOR WEB-BASED ANALYSIS AND DECISION MAKING

Copyright 2004
Introduction to Online Company Research Dobson, Chris ISBN: 0-538-72683-0 Introduction to Online Accounting, Tax and Financial Research Klopper, Susan M. ISBN: 0-324-20314-4 Introduction to Online Market and Industry Research Shamel, Cynthia ISBN: 0-538-72684-9 Introduction to Online Competitive Analysis Research Sutorius, Kent A. ISBN: 0-538-72680-6 Introduction to Online Investment Research Tudor, Jan ISBN: 0-538-72681-4 Introduction to Online Legal, Regulatory & Intellectual Property Research Tyburski, Genie ISBN: 0-324-20315-2 Entrepreneurial Marketing: Real Stories and Survival Strategies Buskirk, Bruce, Pepperdine University Lavik, Molly, Pepperdine University ISBN: 0-324-15863-7 Copyright 2004 Experiencing Marketing in the Marketplace Online Simulation, 2E Cadotte, Ernest R., University of Tennessee, Knoxville ISBN: 0-324-22197-5 Copyright 2004 How To Measure Service Quality & Customer Satisfaction: The Informal Field Guide for Tools and Techniques Chakrapani, Chuck, Chief Executive Officer of Millward Brown Goldfarb ISBN: 0-87757-267-4 Copyright 1999 International Marketing, 7E Czinkota, Michael R., Georgetown University Ronkainen, Ilkka A., Georgetown University ISBN: 0-324-19046-8 Copyright 2004 Marketing Management, 2E Czinkota, Michael R., Georgetown University Kotabe, Masaaki, Temple University ISBN: 0-324-02203-4 Copyright 2001 Mastering Global Markets: Strategies For Todays Trade Globalist Czinkota, Michael, Georgetown University Ronkainen, Ilkka, Georgetown University Donath, Bob, Bob Donath & Company ISBN: 0-538-72665-2 Copyright 2004
Vibert, Conor
Acadia University in Wolfville, Nova Scotia 0-324-20325-X (264 pages, Hardbound)
Managers constantly face uncertainty as they attempt to make decisions in a complex and competitive environment. In Competitive Intelligence: A Framework for Web-Based Analysis and Decision Making, Conor Vibert gives the research professional a complete and reliable framework for collecting and analyzing information that will give managers confidence in any situation. Competitive Intelligence uniquely introduces the study of organizational theory and strategy into the competitive intelligence process to improve the effectiveness of competitive intelligence programs.
Table of Contents
I. COMPETITIVE INTELLIGENCE IN AN ONLINE WORLD. II. LINKING MANAGEMENT THOUGHT WITH THE ONLINE WORLD. III. WEB-BASED CI IN CORPORATE AND ACADEMIC CLASSROOMS.
58
Business Marketing Management: A Strategic View of Industrial and Organizational Markets, 8e Hutt, Michael D., Arizona State University Speh, Thomas W., Miami University, Ohio ISBN: 0-324-19043-3 Copyright 2004 Sales Management: Analysis and Decision Making, 5E Ingram, Thomas, Colorado State University LaForge, Raymond, University of Louisville Avila, Ramon, Ball State University Schwepker, Jr., Charles, Central Missouri State University Williams, Michael, Illinois State University ISBN: 0-324-19108-1 Copyright 2004 International Marketing, 6E Jain, Subhash C., University of Connecticut, Storrs ISBN: 0-324-06370-9 Copyright 2001 International Marketing Cases Jain, Subhash C., University of Connecticut, Storrs ISBN: 0-324-06373-3 Copyright 2001 Strategic Electronic Marketing, 2E Kleindl, Brad, Missouri Southern State College ISBN: 0-324-17893-X Copyright 2003 E-Commerce Management: Text and Cases Krishnamurthy, Sandeep, University of Washington ISBN: 0-324-15252-3 Copyright 2003 Profitable E-Commerce Strategies: From Farce to Force McCue, Sarah, United Nations ISBN: 0-538-72677-6 Copyright 2005 Measuring Customer Satisfaction: Hot Buttons and Other Measurement Issues Myers, James, Drucker School at Claremont Graduate University ISBN: 0-87757-276-3 Copyright 2000 Segmentation & Positioning for Strategic Marketing Decisions Myers, James, Drucker School at Claremont Graduate University ISBN: 0-87757-259-3 Copyright 1996 Managerial Applications of Multivariate Analysis in Marketing Myers, James, Drucker School at Claremont Graduate University Mullet, Gary, Gary Mullet Associates, Inc. ISBN: 0-87757-301-8 Copyright 2003 Advertising and Integrated Brand Promotion, 3E OGuinn, Thomas, University of Illinois Allen, Chris, University of Cincinnati Semenik, Richard J., Montana State University ISBN: 0-324-11380-3 Copyright 2003 Advertising Campaign Strategy: A Guide to Marketing Communication Plans, 3E Parente, Donald, Middle Tennessee State University ISBN: 0-324-27190-5 Copyright 2004 Advertising Campaign Strategy, 3E Parente, Donald, Middle Tennessee State University ISBN: 0-324-27190-5 Copyright 2004 Marketing Channels: A Management View, 7E Rosenbloom, Bert, Drexel University ISBN: 0-324-18693-2 Copyright 2004 Entering & Succeeding in Emerging Countries: Marketing to the Forgotten Majority Samli, A. Coskun, University of North Florida ISBN: 0-538-72698-9 Copyright 2004 Brand Babble: Sense and Nonsense about Branding Schultz, Don, Medill School of Journalism and Integrated Marketing Communications; President of Agora, Inc. Schultz, Heidi, Vice President, Agora Inc. ISBN: 0-538-72714-4 Copyright 2004
Promotion and Integrated Marketing Communication Semenik, Richard J., Montana State University ISBN: 0-324-06253-2 Copyright 2002 Customer Behavior: A Managerial Perspective, 2E Sheth, Jagdish, Emory University Mittal, Banwari, Northern Kentucky University ISBN: 0-03-034336-4 Copyright 2004 Advertising, Promotion and Supplemental Aspects of Marketing Communication, 6E Shimp, Terence A., University of South Carolina ISBN: 0-03-035271-1 Copyright 2003 Consumer Panels, 2E Sudman, Seymour Wansink, Brian, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign ISBN: 0-87757-297-6 Copyright 2002 Business to Business Marketing: Analysis and Practice in a Dynamic Environment Vitale, Rob, San Jose State University Giglierano, Joe, San Jose State University ISBN: 0-324-07296-1 Copyright 2002 Essentials of Marketing Research with WebSurveyor, 2E Zikmund, William G., Oklahoma State University ISBN: 0-324-18257-0 Copyright 2003 Exploring Marketing Research with WebSurveyor, 8E Zikmund, William G., Oklahoma State University ISBN: 0-324-18148-5 Copyright 2003
MARKETING
To order: 1-800-354-9706
59
REAL ESTATE
REAL ESTATE PRINCIPLES FOR THE NEW ECONOMY
Copyright 2005
REAL ESTATE CONFRONTS THE FUTURE

Copyright 2005
Swanepoel, Stefan
REAL ESTATE
Chairman of RealtyU Genutec Business Solutions RealSure Real Estate Buyers Agent Council
Miller, Norman
Dooley, Tom
TWD & Associates Real Estate Buyers Council 0-324-23231-4 (262 pages, Hardbound)
Geltner, David
Massachusetts Institute of Technology University of Cincinnati Real Estate Economics for AREUEA Real Estate Research Institute 0-324-18740-8 (608 pages, Hardbound)
http://miller-geltner.swlearning.com This book provides new global perspectives that enable you to become sensitive to cultural differences that may influence business decisions, risk management and negotiation strategies preparing you for doing business in the new economy. * Covers negotiation as an important risk management tool in the context of contracting. * Jeopardy-like review games provided for instructors to stimulate learning. * Chapter study reviews on CD-ROM for quick n easy student review. * Provides balanced coverage of both commercial and residential real estate. * Written by highly-visible and leading authorities in real estate education and the industry. * Integrates professional-level applications and resources on CD-ROM. * Addresses developments in capital markets equilibrium theory and portfolio theory. * Extensive student resources including mortgage math problems, career advice and PowerPoint review slides by chapters. * The best, most comprehensive list of trade associations, publications, major real estate directories, data resources and web sites.
Real Estate Confronts the Future by Swanepoel and Dooley delivers keen insights to 20 critical trends that are directly and will dramatically affect changes in the real estate industry during the next 10 years! Like previous best sellers, this sequel is sure to generate a buzz in the real estate industry with individual chapters from 20 well-known and highly-qualified experts in the real estate industry. Among the many timely topics to be covered are commissions and the commission structure, VOWs (Virtual Office Websites), tax laws, technology integration, telecommunications, online education, investment opportunities of tomorrow, and much more. Both Swanepoel and Dooley are recognized as leading visionaries in the U.S. real estate industry. Real Estate Confronts the Future is a must have crystal ball every real estate professional in this rapidly changing industry needs to know what the future holds for real estate. * The book includes 20 individual chapters contributed by 20 of the nations leading CEOs. * Some of the subjects covered include: Competing Against NonIndustry Competitors; Finding, Attracting and * Keeping Sales Associates; Exploring Non-Traditional Brokerages; The Future of the Relocation Business; * Finding New Niche Markets, and much more.
Table of Contents
Chapters- Interviews with Industry Leaders. 1. NAR: Bulwark of the Industry?Terry McDermott. 2. Branding: Whats in a Name?- Bob Moles. 3. The Transaction: Is Integration Possible?- Stewart Morris. 4. Trends: Whats the Genesis of Change?- Dave Liniger. 5. Outside Competitors: Stimulant of Deterrent?- Ron Peltier. 6. Profitability: What is it so hard?- Dr. John Tuccillo. 7. Sales Associates: Are they the Key to Success?- Gary Keller. 8. Education: Keeping Pace?- Stephen Martin. 9. Non-Traditional Brokerage: Can it Work?Glenn Cohen. 10. Productivity: Up, Down or Sideways?- Terri Murphy. 11. Business: What Drives ResultsLennox Scott. 12. Relocation: Quo Vadis?- Pam OConnor. 13. Agents: Commission Based or SalariedScott Kucirek. 14. Government: Restrainer of Enabler?- Bill Malkasian. 15. Franchising: Whats New?- Marty Rueter. 16. Communications: Can You Hear Me Now?- Mike Fannin. 17. Companies: Does Size Matter?- Bob Becker. 18. Investment: Rags or Riches?- Jack Peckham. 19. Quality Service: Mission Impossible?- Larry Romito. 20. Real Estate: Mainstay of Economy?- Dr. David Lereah. Biographies. Index.
Table of Contents
I. INTRODUCTION TO REAL ESTATE MARKETS. II. FOCUSING ON PROPERTY MARKETS BY TYPE. III. LEGAL AND REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT. IV. REAL ESTATE FINANCIAL AND INVESTMENT ANALYSIS. V. REAL ESTATE BROKERAGE, LEASING, DEVELOPMENT AND TRENDS.
Supplements
ExamView Instructors Resource CD-ROM PowerPoint Slides Study Guide WebTutor on WebCT WebTutor on Blackboard WebTutor on E-College 0-324-22221-1
0-324-20173-7 0-324-20730-1 0-324-20174-5 0-324-20183-4 0-324-20729-8 0-324-30244-4
OTHER REAL ESTATE TITLES AVAILABLE FROM THOMSON SOUTH-WESTERN.

Learning Real Estate Finance Clauretie, Terrence, University of Nevada, Las Vegas Sirmans, G., Florida State University ISBN: 0-324-14363-X Copyright 2002 Real Estate Finance: Theory and Practice, 4E Clauretie, Terrence, M., University of Nevada, Las Vegas Sirmans G. Stacy, Florida State University ISBN: 0-324-14377-X Copyright 2003
60
Commercial Real Estate Analysis and Investments Geltner, David, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; University of Cincinnati; Real Estate Economics for AREUEA; Real Estate Research Institute Miller, Norman, University of Cincinnati ISBN: 0-324-13676-5 Analyzing Investment Properties, 2E Tompos, Andrew, Thaddeus Stevens College of Technology ISBN: 0-324-14385-0 Copyright 2002 Real Estate Finance, 8E Wiedemer, John, Houston Community College ISBN: 0-324-14290-0 Copyright 2001 Real Estate Investment, 6E Wiedemer, John P., Houston Community College Goeters, Joseph, Houston Community College ISBN: 0-324-14392-3 Copyright 2003
TAXATION
CONCEPTS IN FEDERAL TAXATION 2005, 12E
TAXATION
Copyright 2005
Murphy, Kevin
Oklahoma State University
Higgins, Mark
University of Rhode Island 0-324-22344-7 (892 pages, Hardbound)
http://murphy.swlearning.com Concepts in Federal Taxation is designed for a more conceptual, less detailed approach to federal taxation of individuals and corporations in an introductory taxation course. This conceptual approach presents taxation as a small number of unifying concepts, stressing the overriding principles that apply to all specific tax rules and regulations. * Tax Simulation Cases. Simulation cases in Chapters 3-12 can be solved using only the Code and Regulations. The intent of these cases is to work on the research and writing skills necessary to do the tax simulations on the new CPA exam. * New Tax Legislation Incorporated: Concepts in Federal Taxation has been updated to reflect all relevant tax law changes resulting from the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003, the Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002, and the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001. * Tax Form Preparation Problems: Problems in each chapter tie concepts in the text to real-world tax preparation, using IRS forms or TaxBrain Tax Preparation Software. * Excellent End-Of-Chapter Material: Concepts in Federal Taxation has more problems and more types of problems than any other tax text available on the market. * Technology Applications: A complete end-of-chapter section containing at least two Internet Assignments, two research problems and spreadsheet problems has been developed to enhance the users familiarity with utilizing technology tools to solve problems.
Table of Contents
PART I: CONCEPTUAL FOUNDATIONS OF THE TAX LAW. PART III: DEDUCTIONS. PART IV: PROPERTY TRANSACTIONS. PART V: INCOME TAX ENTITIES. PART VI: TAX RESEARCH.
Supplements
ExamView Instructors Manual Instructors Resource CD with ExamView Testing Software and PowerPoint slides Solutions Manual Test Bank WebTutor on Blackboard WebTutor on WebCT 0-324-23216-0 0-324-23213-6 0-324-23215-2 0-324-23211-X 0-324-23212-8 0-324-23387-6 0-324-23388-4
To order: 1-800-354-9706
61
WESTS FEDERAL TAXATION 2005: INDIVIDUAL INCOME TAXES, 28E

Copyright 2005
* New Problems: Every new edition of The West Federal Tax Series contains 20-30% new or revised end-of-chapter problems reflective of the chapter content and the newest changes to the tax Code. * Tax Planning Considerations: Since the early 1980s, WFT has recognized and emphasized the importance of careful tax planning. Most chapters include a separate section calling attention to this ever-growing area. Additionally, tax planning applications and suggestions appear throughout each chapter. Use copy from WFT Individuals. * Issue Identification Questions: Marked by marginal Issue ID tags, these discussion questions enhance critical thinking skills throughout the text by identifying the tax issues at hand.
Hoffman, William
TAXATION
Smith, James
College of William and Mary
Willis, Eugene
University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign 0-324-20751-4 (1,200 pages, Hardbound)
http://wft.swlearning.com The text adheres to the recommendations of the Accounting Education Change Commission (AECC) and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA). Visit the Product Website @ http://wft.swlearning.com * Multi-Issue Problems. In selected chapters, Multi-Issue Problems, identified in the margin, allow students to integrate material across chapters and make better use of the content for a richer learning experience. * Global Tax Issues: WFTs unique Global Tax Issues feature gives insight into how taxation is affected by international concerns, as well as the impact of tax law across the world critical issues for students to understand, given todays ever-increasing global concerns. * Communication Assignments and Decision-Making Problems: These exercises, in compliance with AICPA task force recommendations, help students develop essential analytical and writing skills. * Issue Identification Questions: Marked by marginal Issue ID tags, these discussion questions enhance critical thinking skills throughout the text by identifying the tax issues at hand.
Table of Contents
PART I: INTRODUCTION. PART II: CORPORATIONS. PART III: FLOWTHROUGH ENTITIES. PART V: FAMILY TAX PLANNING.
WEST FEDERAL TAXATION 2005: BUSINESS ENTITIES, 8E

Copyright 2005
Smith, James
Raabe, William
Ohio State University
Maloney, David
University of Virginia
Willis, Eugene
University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign 0-324-22091-X (704 pages, Hardbound)
Table of Contents
PART I: INTRODUCTION AND BASIC TAX MODEL. PART II: GROSS INCOME. PART III: DEDUCTIONS. PART IV: SPECIAL TAX COMPUTATION METHODS, PAYMENT PROCEDURES, AND TAX CREDITS. PART VI: ACCOUNTING PERIODS, ACCOUNTING METHODS, AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION. PART VII: CORPORATIONS AND PARTNERSHIPS.
WEST FEDERAL TAXATION 2005: ADVANCED ENTITIES, 2E

Copyright 2005
Raabe, William
Willis, Eugene
WESTS FEDERAL TAXATION 2005: CORPORATIONS, PARTNERSHIPS, ESTATES AND TRUSTS, 28E
Copyright 2005
University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign
Maloney, David
Smith, James
College of William and Mary 0-324-22093-6 (704 pages, Hardbound)
Hoffman, William
Raabe, William
Smith, James
Maloney, David
University of Virginia 0-324-20753-0 (974 pages, Hardbound)
Edited by authors of the market-leading West Federal Tax Series, the 2005 Edition of Business Entities and Advanced Entities provides thorough and adequate coverage of all relevant tax codes and regulations, emphasizing the high-interest and multidisciplinary aspects of taxation for the second tax course. Designed with the AICPA model tax curriculum in mind, this text presents the second federal taxation course from a business entity perspective. * Tax Planning Framework: To most effectively demonstrate the relevance of tax planning for businesses and individual taxpayers, WFT introduces the user to a unique tax planning framework. Introduced in the first chapter, this framework is then tied to the tax planning strategies that are incorporated throughout the remainder of the text. The addition of this planning framework makes it easier than ever to understand and appreciate the impact that careful tax planning has in todays world!
http://wft.swlearning.com The authors provide accessible, comprehensive, and authoritative coverage of relevant tax Code and regulations, as well as all major developments in federal taxation. This market-leading text is intended for students who have had a previous course in tax. Visit the Product Website @ http://wft.swlearning.com.
62
* Tax Planning Strategies: Once knowledge of the tax law has been acquired, it needs to be used. Because WFT recognizes the importance of applying tax rules in a business context, each chapter includes tax planning strategies. These tax planning strategies are tied to the tax planning framework, introduced in Chapter 1. Tax planning strategies illustrate the application of tax law and tax planning in todays business environment. * Bridge-Discipline Boxes and Questions: This feature presents material and concepts from other courses such as economics, financial accounting, and finance to create a link with the tax concepts the students are learning. This material helps to bridge the gap in going from one business course to another, and demonstrates the interrelationship of tax and other disciplines. * Extender Questions: Identified by an icon, these questions appear in the end-of-chapter material to test students on critical thinking and their ability to draw conclusions derived from the concepts presented in the chapter material. * Tax Quotes from Relevant Real-World Sources: These tax quotes outline the importance of the tax concepts presented in each chapter. The quotes tie together the chapter concepts with events happening in the real world, helping to make tax come to life. For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.
OTHER TAXATION TITLES AVAILABLE FROM THOMSON SOUTH-WESTERN.

TAXATION
West Federal Taxation 2004: Corporations, Partnerships, Estates and Trusts, 27E Hoffman, William, University of Houston Raabe, William, Ohio State University Smith, James, College of William and Mary Maloney, David, University of Virginia ISBN: 0-324-27517-X Copyright 2004 Concepts in Federal Taxation 2004, 11E Murphy, Kevin, Oklahoma State University Higgins, Mark, University of Rhode Island ISBN: 0-324-18679-7 Copyright 2004 West Federal Taxation 2004: Advanced Business Entity Taxation Raabe, William, Ohio State University Willis, Eugene, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Maloney, David, University of Virginia Smith, James, College of William and Mary ISBN: 0-324-27520-X Copyright 2004 West Federal Taxation 2004: Taxation of Business Entities, 7E Smith, James, College of William and Mary Raabe, William, Ohio State University Maloney, David, University of Virginia Willis, Eugene, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign ISBN: 0-324-27518-8 Copyright 2004 West Federal Taxation 2004: Comprehensive Volume, 27E Willis, Eugene, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Hoffman, William, University of Houston Maloney, David, University of Virginia Raabe, William, Ohio State University ISBN: 0-324-27519-6 Copyright 2004
WESTS FEDERAL TAXATION 2005: COMPREHENSIVE, 28E

Copyright 2005
Willis, Eugene
University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign
Hoffman, William
Maloney, David
Raabe, William
Ohio State University 0-324-22089-8 (1,250 pages, Hardbound)
http://wft.swlearning.com An edited version of the first two WFT textbooks, this book offers a thorough and balanced treatment of relevant tax Code and regulations as applied to individuals and corporations. * Tax Planning Considerations: Since the early 1980s, WFT has recognized and emphasized the importance of careful tax planning. Most chapters include a separate section calling attention to this evergrowing area. Additionally, tax planning applications and suggestions appear throughout each chapter.Use copy from WFT Individuals. * Global Tax Issues: WFTs unique Global Tax Issues feature gives insight into how taxation is affected by international concerns, as well as the impact of tax law across the world critical issues for students to understand, given todays ever-increasing global concerns. * Communication Assignments and Decision-Making Problems: These exercises, in compliance with AICPA task force recommendations, help students develop essential analytical and writing skills. For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com. I
To order: 1-800-354-9706
63
TITLE INDEX
TITLE INDEX
A
A Brief History of Economic Genius, by Strathern (1-58799-189-6) . . . 30 A Primer for Management, by Dumler/Skinner (0-324-27111-5) . . . . . 45 Accountable Marketing: The Economics of Data-Driven Marketing, by Rosenwald (0-324-20359-4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Accounting for Managers: Text and Cases, 3e, by Bruns (0-324-29121-3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Accounting Information Systems, 6e, by Gelinas/Sutton/Hunton (0-324-22098-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Accounting: Concepts and Applications, 9e, by Albrecht/Stice/Stice/Swain (0-324-18756-4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Applications in Human Resource Management: Cases, Exercises, and Skill Builders, 5e, by Nkomo/Fottler/McAfee (0-324-20081-1). . . . 50
D
Derivatives: An Introduction, 2e, by Strong (0-324-27302-9) . . . . . . . . 38
E
Earnings Management: An Executive Perspective, by McKee (0-324-22325-0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 EasyStat: Digitial Tutor for Microsoft Excel, Online Access, by Anderson/Sweeney/Williams (0-324-29149-3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Economics and the Common Law: Cases and Analysis, by DeSerpa (0-324-28977-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Economics of Law, by Dnes (0-324-00215-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Empires of Profit:: Commerce, Conquest and Corporate Responsibility, by Litvin (1-58799-192-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Employment Discrimination Law, 6e, by Twomey (0-324-27130-1)16
B
Brand Babble: Sense and Nonsense About Branding, by Schultz/Schultz (0-538-72714-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Building Accounting Systems Using Access 2003, 3e, by Perry/Schneider (0-324-20740-9). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Building High-Performance Teams, 2e, by DuFrene/Lehman (0-324-27259-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Building High-Tech Product Companies: The Maelstrom Effect, by Bowen (0-538-72701-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Business Communication, 14e, by Lehman/DuFrene (0-324-27270-7). 11 Business to Business Marketing Research, by Block/Block (0-324-22230-0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Entering & Succeeding in Emerging Countries: Marketing to the Forgotten Majority, by Samli (0-538-72698-9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Enterprise Resource Planning in Distribution, by Lawrence/Jennings/Reynolds (0-324-17872-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Entrepreneurship: A Process Perspective, by Baron/Shane (0-324-27356-8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Essentials of Business Law, 2e, by Beatty/Samuelson (0-324-20636-4) . 13 Essentials of Managerial Finance with Thomson ONE, 13e, by Besley/Brigham (0-324-25875-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Essentials of the Legal Environment, by Miller/Cross/Jentz (0-324-20365-9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 European Monetary Integration: The Euro, by Zestos (0-324-31787-5) 31
C
Capital Account: A Fund Manager Reports on a Turbulent Decade (1993-2002), by Chancello (1-58799-180-2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Capital Budgeting and Long-Term Financing Decisions, 4e, by Seitz/Ellison (0-324-25808-9). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Casebook for the Handbook of Management Consulting, The Contemporary Consultant: Insights from Leading Experts, by Greiner/Olson/Poulfelt (0-324-29019-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Certified Business Manager Exam Preparation, by Thomson South-Western . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Certified MBA Exam Prep Guide, (0-324-20239-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Certified Self-Assessment: Concepts and Applications, by Saad El-Dine (0-324-22601-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Competitive Intelligence: A Framework for Web-based Analysis and Decision Making, by Vibert (0-324-20325-X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Concepts in Federal Taxation 2005, 12e, by Murphy/Higgins (0-324-22344-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Contemporary Financial Management Fundamentals with Thomson ONE, by Moyer/McGuigan/Rao (0-324-01577-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Cyberethics, 2e, by Halbert/Ingulli (0-324-26105-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Cyberlaw and E-Commerce Regulation: An Entrepreneurial Approach, by Melvin (0-324-17579-5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Finance Online Case Library 2005, 2e, by Brigham/Klein (0-324-20291-1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
F
Financial Management: Theory and Practice with Thomson ONE, 11e, by Brigham/Ehrhardt (0-324-25968-9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Fooled by Randomness: The Hidden Role of Chance in Life and in the Markets, Second Edition, 2e, by Taleb (1-58799-190-X). . . . . . . 30 Foundations of Strategic Management, 3e, by Harrison/St. John (0-324-25917-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Frontline HR: A Guide for the Emerging Manager, by Hornsby/Kuratko (0-324-20323-3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
G
Global Business Negotiations: A Practical Guide, by Cellich/Jain (0-538-72658-X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Globalization and Development: Cases in National Economic Strategies, 2e, by Vietor (0-324-17185-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Good Business: Making Money by Making the World Better, 2e, by Hilton/Gibbons (1-58799-161-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Growing Your Business Globally, by Taft (0-324-20303-9) . . . . . . . . . . 51 Guidelines for Excellence: The Managers Digest, by Ivancevich/Lidwell (0-324-27149-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
64
TITLE INDEX
Management Education Track 700: Finance, by Besley/Brigham/Madura/Maness/Zietlow (0-324-22461-3) . . . . . . . 21
H
Handbook of Management Consulting: The Contemporary Consultant: Insights from World Experts, by Greiner/Poulfelt (0-324-29041-1) . . . 46 Health Economics and Policy, 3e, by Henderson (0-324-26000-8) . . . . 26 Higher Profits Through Customer Lock-In: A Roadmap, by Bueschken (0-324-20265-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Human Resource Management: Essential Perspectives, 3e, by Mathis/Jackson (0-324-20217-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Human Resources and Healthcare Management Online, by Flynn/Mathis/Jackson/Langan (0-324-20399-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
TITLE INDEX
Management Education Track 800: Information Technology, by Oz (0-324-23290-X). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Management Education Track 900: Corporate Control and Governance, by Albrecht/Carroll/Trieschmann (0-324-22469-9). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Management, 3e, by Williams (0-324-20126-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Management: A Competency-Based Approach, 10e, by Hellriegel/Jackson/Slocum (0-324-25994-8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Managerial Economics: Applications, Strategies and Tactics, 10e, by McGuigan/Moyer/Harris (0-324-25923-9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Managing Diverse Working Styles: The Leadership Competitive Advantage, by Potoker (0-324-25945-X). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Managing Financial Institutions, 5e, by Gardner/Mills/Cooperman (0-324-26931-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Managing for the Future: Organizational Behavior and Processes, 3e, by Ancona/Kochan/Scully/Van Maanen/Westney (0-324-05575-7) . . . 41 Managing Organizations in a Global Economy: An Intercultural Perspective, by Saee (0-324-26154-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Managing Sales Leads: Turning Cold Prospects into Hot Customers, by Obermayer (0-324-20546-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Marketing Principles and Best Practices, 3e, by Hoffman/Czinkota (0-324-20044-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Marketing Research: Methodological Foundations, 9e, by Churchill/Iacobucci (0-324-20160-5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Marketing Strategy, 3e, by Ferrell/Hartline (0-324-20140-0) . . . . . . . . . 57 Mastering Global Markets: Strategies For Todays Trade Globalist, by Czinkot/Ronkainen/Donath (0-538-72665-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Mastering Management Skills: A Managers Toolkit, by Aldag/Kuzuhara (0-324-25919-0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Mathematical Economics, 2e, by Baldani/Bradfield/Turner (0-324-18332-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 MBA Primer Online Volume 2, by Tabbush/Trueman/Levine/Opler . . 19
I
Industrial Organization: Contemporary Theory and Practice, 3e, by Pepall/Richards/Norman (0-324-26130-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Information Systems Auditing and Assurance, 2e, by Hall/Singleton (0-324-19198-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Initial Public Offerings, by Kleeburg (0-324-20056-0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 International Business Law and Its Environment, 6e, by Schaffer/Earle/Agusti (0-324-26102-0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 International Business, 7e, by Czinkota/Ronkainen/Moffett (0-324-25991-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 International Human Resource Management: Managing People in a Multinational Context, 4e, by Dowling/Welch (0-324-31866-945) . . . 45 International Monetary and Financial Economics, 3e, by Daniels/VanHoose (0-324-26160-8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 International Project Management, by Murphy (0-324-20302-0). . . . . 50
L
Legal Environment, 2e, by Beatty/Samuelson (0-324-20628-3) . . . . . . 13 Legal, Ethical and International Environment of Business, 6e, by Bohlman/Dundas (0-324-26979-X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
M
Macroeconomic Decision Making in the World Economy, 4e, by Rukstad (0-03-031591-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Management Accounting, 7e, by Hansen/Mowen (0-324-23484-8) . . . . 8 Management Education Track 1000: International Business, by Carbaugh/Czinkota/Mann/Roberts/Rodrigues/Schaffer/Earle/Augusti (0-324-22462-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Management Education Track 100: General Management and Organization, by Daft/Gido/Clements/Mann/Roberts/Hirschey/Anderson/Williams (0-324-22436-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Management Education Track 200: Operations Management, by Fogarty/Blackstone/Hoffmann/Metters/Monczka (0-324-22464-8) . . 21 Management Education Track 300: Marketing Management, by Hoffman/Mann/Roberts/Hirschey (0-324-22465-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Management Education Track 400: Quality and Processing Management, by Evans/Lindsay/Metters (0-324-22466-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Management Education Track 500: Human Resource Management, by Mathis/Jackson (0-324-22466-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Management Education Track 600: Accounting, by Warren/Fess/Iqbal (0-324-22468-0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Microeconomic Theory: Basic Principles and Extensions, 9e, by Nicholso (0-324-27086-0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Microeconomic Theory: Concepts and Connections, by Wetzstein (0-324-26029-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Microeconomics for Public Decisions, 2e, by Steinemann/Brown/Apgar (0-03-026471-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Multinational Management: A Strategic Approach, 3e, by Cullen/Parboteeah (0-324-25990-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
N
NASD Exam for Series 6: Preparation Guide, by Thomson South-Western (0-324-18696-7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 NASD Stockbroker Series 7 Exam: Preparation Guide, by Thomson South-Western (0-324-18695-9). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
O
Organization Development and Change, 8e, by Cummings/Worley (0-324-26060-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Organizational Behavior: Integrated Models and Applications, by Zachary/Kuzuhara (0-324-18907-9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
To order: 1-800-354-9706
65
TITLE INDEX
Organizational Behavior: Securing Competitive Advantage, 5e, by Wagner/Hollenbeck (0-324-25995-6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
T
Tax Update of Planning Your Financial Future, 3e, by Boone/Kurtz/Hearth (0-324-31926-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 The Customer Learning Curve: Creating Profits from Marketing Chaos, by Hellman/Hellman/Burst (0-324-22667-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 The E-Business Revolution & The New Economy: E-Conomics after the Dot-Com Crash, by Adams (0-324-27151-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 The Escher Cycle: Self-Reinforcing Business Advantage, by Jackson (1-58799-194-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
TITLE INDEX
Organizational Leadership, by Bratton/Bratton/Grint/Nelson (0-324-12066-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Out of Context: A Creative Approach to Strategic Management, by Wagner Weick (0-324-27412-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Outsourcing the Sales Function: The Real Costs of Field Sales, by Anderson/Trinkle (0-324-20748-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
P
Personal Financial Planning, 10e, by Gitman/Joehnk (0-324-28247-8) . 35 Practical Financial Management with Thomson ONE, 4e, by Lasher (0-324-26076-8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Price Theory and Applications, 6e, by Landsburg, Steven (0-324-27448-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Price Trends and Investment Probabilities, by Dussault/Dussault (0-324-27150-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Principles of Operations Management, by Raturi/Evans (0-324-00896-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Professional English, by Guffey (0-324-22334-X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Public Finance: A Contemporary Application of Theory to Policy, 8e, by Hyman (0-324-25970-0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Public Relations: The Complete Guide, by Marconi (0-324-20304-7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
The Export Marketing Imperative, by Czinkota/Ronkainen/Illka (0-324-22258-0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 The Financial Reporting Project and Readings, 4e, by Baldwin/Hock (0-324-30204-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 The Financial Troubleshooter, by Shim (0-324-20648-8) . . . . . . . . . . . 38 The Labor Relations Process, 8e, by Holley/Wolters(0-324-20014-5) . . 48 The Leadership Experience, 3e, by Daft (0-324-26127-6) . . . . . . . . . . . 44 The Legal and E-Commerce Environment Today: Business in its Ethical, Regulatory and International Setting, 4e, by Miller/Cross (0-324-27057-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 The Man Who Saw the Future: William Patersons Vision of Free Trade, by Forrester (1-58799-143-8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 The New Basel Capital Accord, by Gup (0-324-20298-9) . . . . . . . . . . . 35 The Power of Global Capital: New International Rules-New Global Risks, by Hyman (0-538-72700-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 The Sum of Our Discontent: Why Numbers Make Us Irrational, by Boyle (1-58799-167-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 The Washing Machine: How Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing Soils Us, by Kochan (1-58799-159-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Triumph from Failure: Lessons from Life for Business Success, by McAlpine (1-58799-181-0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
R
Raising the Bar (Code): The Value of Auto-ID Technology, by Schuster/Engels/Allen (0-324-30078-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Real Estate Confronts the Future, by Swanepoel/Dooley (0-324-23231-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Real Estate Principles for the New Economy, by Miller/Geltner (0-324-18740-8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Retailing, 5e, by Dunne/Lusch (0-324-20139-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Risk Management and Insurance, 12e, by Trieschmann/Hoyt/Sommer (0-324-18320-8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
U
Understanding Econometrics, by Halcoussis (0-03-034806-4) . . . . . . . 26 Up Against the Retail Giants: Targeting Weakness - Gaining an Edge, by Samli (0-324-23308-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Using QuickBooks Pro 2004 For Accounting, 3e, by Owen (0-324-22372-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
S
Selling ASAP: Art, Science, Agility, Performance, by Jones/Stevens/Chonko (0-324-18753-X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Sex, Drugs and Economics: An Unconventional Intro to Economics, by Coyle (1-58799-182-9). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Short-Term Financial Management, 3e, by Maness/Zietlow (0-324-20293-8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Strategic Human Resource Development, by Yorks (0-324-07178-7) . . 52 Strategic Management: Competitiveness and Globalization, Concepts and Cases, 6e, by Hitt/Ireland/Ireland/Hoskisson (0-324-27528) . . . . . 47 Strategize! Experiential Exercises in Strategic Management, 2e, by Gopinath/Siciliano (0-324-25912-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Strategy Synthesis: Resolving Strategy Paradoxes to Create Competitive Advantage, 3e, by de Wit/Meyer (0-324-28272-9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Streamlined: 14 Principles for Building & Managing the Lean Supply Chain, by Srinivasan (0-324-23277-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
W
West Federal Taxation 2005: Advanced Entities, 2e, by Raabe/Willis/Maloney/Smith (0-324-22093-6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 West Federal Taxation 2005: Business Entities, 8e, by Smith/Raabe/Maloney/Willis (0-324-22091-X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Wests Federal Taxation 2005: Comprehensive, 28e, by Willis/Hoffman/Maloney/Raabe (0-324-22089-8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Wests Federal Taxation 2005: Corporations, Partnerships, Estates and Trusts, 28e, by Hoffman/Raabe/Smith/Maloney (0-324-20753-0). . . . . 64 Wests Federal Taxation 2005: Individual Income Taxes, 28e, by Hoffman/Smith/Willis (0-324-20751-4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Windows on the World Economy, by Reinert (0-03-031399-6) . . . . . . 29 World Business: Globalization, Strategy and Analysis, by Hill (0-324-27411-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
66
AUTHOR INDEX
Hilton, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Hirschey, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 21 Hitt, Michael A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Hock, Clayton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Hoffman, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Hoffman, K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Hoffman, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 65 Hoffmann, Thomas R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Hollenbeck, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Holley, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Hornsby, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Hoskisson, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Hoyt, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Hunton, Jim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Hyman, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Hyman, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
A
Adams, F. Gerard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Agusti, Filiberto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Albrecht, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 21 Aldag, Ramon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Allen, Stuart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Ancona, Deborah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Anderson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 22 Anderson, Erin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Apgar, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Augusti, Guiliano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
D
Daft, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 44 Daniels, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 de Wit, Bob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 DeSerpa, Allan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Dnes, A.W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Donath, Bob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Dooley, Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Dowling, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 DuFrene, Debbie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Dumler, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Dundas, Mary Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Dunne, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Dussault, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
AUTHOR INDEX
B
Baldani, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Baldwin, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Baron, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Beatty, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Besley, Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 32 Blackstone, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Block, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Block, Tamara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Bohlman, Herbert M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Boone, Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Bowen, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Boyle, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Bradfield, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Bratton, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Brigham, Eugene . . . . . . . . . 21, 32, 33, 34 Brown, H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Bruns, William J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Bueschken, Joachim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Burst, Ardis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
E
Earle, Beverley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 21 Ehrhardt, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Ellison, Mitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Engels, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Evans, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 22
I
Iacobucci, Dawn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Illka, Ortiz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Ingulli, Elaine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Iqbal, Zafar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Ireland, R. Duane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Ivancevich, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
F
Ferrell, O. C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Fess, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Flynn, Walter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Fogarty, Donald W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Forrester, Andy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Fottler, Myron D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
J
Jackson, Finn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Jackson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 21, 49 Jackson, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Jain, Subhash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Jennings, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Jentz, Gaylord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Joehnk, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Jones, Eli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
G
Gardner, Mona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Gelinas, Ulric J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Geltner, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Gibbons, Giles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Gido, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Gitman, Lawrence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Gopinath, C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Greiner, Larry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Grint, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Guffey, Mary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Gup, Benton E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
C
Carbaugh, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Carroll, Archie B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Cellich, Claude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Chancellor, Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Chonko, Larry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Churchill, Gilbert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Clements, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Cooperman, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Coyle, Diane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Cross, Frank B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Cullen, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Cummings, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Czinkota, Michael . . . . . . . . 21, 44, 56, 57
K
Kleeburg, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Klein, Linda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Kochan, Nick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Kochan, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Kuratko, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Kurtz, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Kuzuhara, Loren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 53
H
Halbert, Terry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Halcoussis, Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Hall, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Hansen, Don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Harris, Frederick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Harrison, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Hartline, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Hearth, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Hellman, Karl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Hellriegel, Don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Henderson, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Higgins, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Hill, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
L
Landsburg, Steven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Langan, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Lasher, William R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Lawrence, F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Lehman, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Levine, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Lidwell, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Lindsay, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Litvin, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Lusch, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
To order: 1-800-354-9706
67
AUTHOR INDEX
AUTHOR INDEX
M
Madura, Jeff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Maloney, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 65 Maness, Terry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 37 Mann, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 21 Marconi, Joe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Mathis, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 21, 49 McAfee, R. Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 McAlpine, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 McGuigan, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 37 McKee, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Melvin, Sean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Metters, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Meyer, Ron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Miller, Norman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Miller, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Mills, Dixie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Moffett, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Monczka, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Mowen, Maryanne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Moyer, R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 37 Murphy, Kevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Murphy, Owen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
S
Saad El-Dine, Dani . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Saee, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Samli, A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Samuelson, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Schaffer, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 21 Schneider, Gary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Schultz, Don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Schultz, Heidi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Schuster, Edmund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Scully, Maureen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Seitz, Neil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Shane, Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Shim, Jae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Siciliano, Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Singleton, Tommie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Skinner, Steven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Slocum, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Smith, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Sommer, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Srinivasan, Mandyam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 St. John, Caron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Steinemann, Anne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Stevens, Carl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Stice, Earl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Stice, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Strathern, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Strong, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Sutton, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Swain, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Swanepoel, Stefan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Sweeney, Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
W
Wagner Weick, Cynthia . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Wagner, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Warren, Carl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Welch, Denice E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Westney, D. Eleanor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Wetzstein, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Williams, Chuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Williams, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 22 Willis, Eugene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 65 Wolters, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Worley, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Yorks, Lyle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Zachary, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Zestos, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Zietlow, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 37
N
Nelson, Debra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Nicholson, Walter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Nkomo, Stella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Norman, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
O
Obermayer, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Olson, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Opler, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Owen, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Oz, Effy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T
Tabbush, Victor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Taft, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Taleb, Nassim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Thomson South-Western . . . . . . . . 18, 20 Trieschmann, James . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 39 Trinkle, Bob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Trueman, Brett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Turner, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Twomey, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
P
Parboteeah, K. Praveen . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Pepall, Lynne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Perry, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Potoker, Elaine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Poulfelt, Flemming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
V R
Raabe, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 65 Rao, Ramesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Raturi, Amitabh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Reinert, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Reynolds, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Richards, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Roberts, Barry S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 21 Rodrigues, Carl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Ronkainen, Ilkka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 56 Rosenwald, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Rukstad, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Van Maanen, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 VanHoose, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Vibert, Conor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Vietor, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
68
HOW TO ORDER Custom Publishing

Thomson Custom Publishing is your primary contact for custom publishing inquiries and orders. If you require more in-depth information regarding content, permissions, or custom product design, please contact a South-Western Custom Publishing Consultant at 800-355-9983.
Placing an Order
To place orders for any item in this catalog, please have all of the following information readily available when you place your orders: I Purchaser name & complete shipping address I Your account number I Complete title, ISBN (or ISSN) number, author, and quantity for each title ordered I Purchase order number for orders not accompanied by payment I Any special instructions or information, clearly noted I Credit card orders must be accompanied by the cardholders complete name, address, phone number, card number, card expiration date, card type (e.g., MasterCard, Visa), cardholders signature, school or company name, and shipping instructions (e.g., UPS, Federal Express, RPS) I Publisher name of individual titles You can place your order via phone at 1-800354-9706, by fax at 1-800-487-8488, or by mailing your order with this information to: Thomson ATTN: Order Fulfillment 10650 Toebben Drive Independence, KY 41051 Please note that prices may vary outside the country of origin. Orders may be subject to local taxes. All prices are subject to change without notice and do not include applicable charges for transportation. Please note that books may be out of print in the future. The Thomson Distribution Center must be notified of any order discrepancies in the fulfillment of your order within 15 days of the date of shipment.
In order to ensure accurate processing of returns and timely crediting of accounts, Thomson requests that college stores include a packing slip in each box of their returns. Stores should number each box (i.e., 1 of 4, 2 of 4, 3 of 4, 4 of 4). Thomson takes great care in packing shipments and we expect stores to handle their returns similarly. In order to prevent damage in transit, items returned to Thomson must be packed as Thomson does in cartons of at least 275 lbs. test for larger boxes and 200 lbs. test for smaller. Product must also be packed with sufficient and appropriate packing material. Thomson will provide full credit for stock received in mint resalable condition. The definition of mint is a new appearance inside and out with no bent covers, no scuffmarks and nothing shelfworn. If an item returned to Thomson is not in mint condition as described herein, it will be sent back to the store at the stores expense and credit will not be issued.
Examination Copies
Customers considering a book for classroom use may request an examination copy. This request will be forwarded to your sales representative for approval and processing. Once your request has been approved, Thomson will ship your products accordingly. Products not yet published will be shipped upon receipt in our warehouse. Please note that all desk copies and ancillary instructional items (Instructors manuals, test banks, transparency acetates, etc.) for books adopted by instructors must be requested on either school or business letterhead or through your sales representative to retain the integrity of your course. When requesting a review copy, please contact: Thomson Higher Education Academic Resources Center 10650 Toebben Drive Independence, KY 41051 Phone: 1-800-354-9706 Fax: 1-859-647-5020 E-Mail: http://snapshot.swlearning.com And provide the following information: Product title/edition/author(s)/ ISBN number I Your full name(first, last, middle initial) I Your title, department, and institution I Complete institution address (including city/state/zip/country) I Office phone and fax numbers I Your office hours (days/times) I E-mail address I Course number and title (i.e., PSYCH 1001 Introduction to Psychology) I Course enrollment (per year/semester/quarter) I Date you need review copy I Adoption decision date I If committee decision, names of others involved in the decision I Author and title of the book/product(s) you currently use I Other courses you teach where Thomson products may be appropriate for your consideration
I
Timeframes
The length of time a college stores textbook/course materials department has to return Thomson product depends upon their Service Plus status, as follows: I Bronze: 12 months from date of invoice I Silver: 15 months from date of invoice I Gold: 15 months from date of invoice I Platinum: Life of the Edition
Invoice Information Necessary

Invoice information must accompany all returns. Any titles in a return for which invoice information is not included will be returned to the customer at their expense and no credit will be issued.
Ordering Online
You can place orders on the Internet at http://www.swlearning.com. Once you are there, do a search, click on the title that you want to order and when the full title information displays, click on Add to Order. This places the title in your online shopping cart. When you are ready to place the order, from the Product Catalog, click on View Order, and from the shopping cart, click on Order Items. Your order is now on its way! Please note that all orders sent to Thomson are encrypted for privacy while in transit.
Prior Authorization of Overstock Returns

No preauthorization is required for overstock returns.
Defective Returns
Thomson guarantees the quality of its product to the initial college store purchaser and the initial student user and we will give full credit for and will replace any defective merchandise. We will not, however, accept returns of used books for credit under any circumstances. Stores who wish to return defective items need to first contact Thomson Customer Service for authorization and must follow returns instruction.
Thomson Return Policy

Thomson accepts up to 100% returns on qualifying product. Returns should be shipped prepaid by traceable means to the following address: Thomson Returns Department 10650 Toebben Drive Independence, KY 41051 Phone: 800-544-0550 Fax: 859-647-4599
Damaged Returns and Shortage Claims

Stores returning damaged items need to first obtain prior authorization from Thomson Customer Service and must follow returns instructions. A store must notify Thomson Customer Service within 30 days of invoice of any damaged Thomson product received or shortage claimed. Thomson must receive the damaged items within 30 days from the date of authorization to return in order to credit the store accordingly.
69
HOW TO ORDER
Superseded and Out-of-Print Editions
All product that is superseded or goes out-ofprint must be returned within 120 days of their status change. Thomson will notify college store customers of these changes in its May and November Service Plus mailings and through the Thomson college store Web site In order to reduce college store freight costs, we will accept for return the front matter and first chapter of these superseded and out-of-print titles instead of requiring the entire book to be sent back. Prior authorization will apply for these returns.
International Contact Information

South-Western has established a set of exclusive distributors throughout the world for its educational materials. Customers wishing to order South-Western College Publishing products for ultimate destination outside of the United States should contact the distributors serving their areas, as listed below:
ASIA (INCLUDING JAPAN AND INDIA)

Thomson Learning 5 Shenton Way #01-01 UIC Building Singapore 068808 Telephone: 65-6410-1200 Fax: 65-6410-1208 info@thomsonlearning.com.sg www.thomsonlearningasia.com
UK/EUROPE/MIDDLE EAST/AFRICA
Thomson Learning High Holborn House 50/51 Bedford Row London, WC1R 4LR United Kingdom Telephone: 44-207-067-2500 Fax: 44-207-067-2600 www.thomsonlearning.co.uk
Product Sold with Return Limitations

Some Thomson product is sold under returns policies that differ from the aforementioned. Examples: I Custom-published product and SmartPaks containing custom components are limited to 10% of the order quantity. I Periodic discounted special sales of backlist product include a no-returns provision. I Purchases of out-of-print and/or superseded editions include returns restrictions. I SmartPaks and Course Kits that are shipped shrink-wrapped or boxed must be returned intact (i.e., shrink-wrap/box and seal are in place) and the individual components cannot be returned separately.
AUSTRALIA/NEW ZEALAND
Thomson Learning 102 Dodds Street Southbank, Victoria Australia 3006 Telephone: 03-9685-4111 Fax: 03-9685-4199 www.thomsonlearning.com.au
SPAIN/PORTUGAL
Paraninfo Calle Magallanes, 25 28015 Madrid Spain Telephone: 34-91-446-3350 Fax: 34-91-445-6218 www.paraninfo.es Connie Jirovsky Director of Global Marketing Thomson Learning International Division Telephone: 520-229-3335 Fax: 520-229-3388
CANADA
Nelson 1120 Birchmount Road Toronto, Ontario M1K 5G4 Telephone: 416-752-9100 Fax: 416-752-9646 www.nelson.com
CD-ROM and Software Seal Unbroken

In order to ensure product integrity, all software and CD-ROMs must be returned to Thomson with the original envelope seal or package seals unbroken and intact. All returned items not meeting this requirement will be sent back to the store at the stores expense and credit will not be issued.
FOREIGN RIGHTS
Jean Spurr, Director High Holborn House 50/51 Bedford Row London, WC1R 4LR United Kingdom Telephone: 44-207-067-2500 Fax: 44-207-067-2600 Jean.Spurr@thomsonlearning.co.uk
Domestic Product Inquiries

If you have a question regarding any SouthWestern product listed in this catalog, or regarding Thomson products in general, please contact your local Thomson sales representative or call our toll-free customer support numbers listed below. Please provide your sales representative or customer service representative with the product ISBN number, author, or title of the product in which you are interested. Four-Year College/University: Phone: 1-800-423-0563 Fax: 1-859-647-5020 Career Colleges/Post Secondary: Phone: 1-800-477-3692 Fax: 1-518-464-0301 Business, Industry and Government: Phone: 1-800-347-7077, ext. 4
LATIN AMERICA
Thomson Learning Seneca, 53 Colonia Polanco 11560 Mexico D.F. Mexico Telephone: 52-55-5281-2906 Fax: 52-55-5281-2656 www.thomsonlearning.com.mx
TRADEMARK INFORMATION
WINDOWS and MICROSOFT are a registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. EXAMVIEW PRO is a registered trademark of FSCreations, Inc. CASENET is a registered trademark of Thomson Learning Licensing Corp. used herein under license. WESTEST is a trademark of West Licensing Corporation used herein under license.
To order: 1-800-354-9706
70

MGMT Ed

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

MGMT Ed

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DECISION SCIENCE DECISION SCIENCES SECTION

BUSINESS BUSINESS COMM

BUSINESS LAW ECONOMICS ECONOMICS SECTION

CERTIFIED SECTION CERTIFICATION

FINANCE FINANCE SECTION

MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT SECTION

MARKETING MARKETING SECTION

REAL ESTATE REAL ESTATE SECTION

TAXATION TAXATION SECTION

ACCOUNTING: CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 9E

Brigham Young University

THE FINANCIAL REPORTING PROJECT AND READINGS, 4E

For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.

ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS, 6E

ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERS: TEXT AND CASES, 3E

For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.

INFORMATION SYSTEMS AUDITING AND ASSURANCE, 2E

For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.

USING QUICKBOOKS PRO 2004 FOR ACCOUNTING, 3E

OTHER ACCOUNTING TITLES AVAILABLE FROM THOMSON SOUTH-WESTERN.

BUILDING ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS USING ACCESS 2003, 3E

For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION , 14E

For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.

OTHER BUSINESS COMMUNICATION TITLES AVAILABLE FROM THOMSON SOUTH-WESTERN.

For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.

For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.

Study Guide Test Bank WebTutor on Blackboard WebTutor on WebCT

LEGAL, ETHICAL AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS, 6E

Dundas, Mary Jane

For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.

CYBERLAW AND E-COMMERCE REGULATION: AN ENTREPRENEURIAL APPROACH

For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.

For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.

ESSENTIALS OF THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT

For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.

EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION LAW, 6E

For a detailed table of contents, please visit us online at http://snapshot.swlearning.com.

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS LAW AND ITS ENVIRONMENT, 6E

OTHER BUSINESS LAW TITLES AVAILABLE FROM THOMSON SOUTH-WESTERN.

CERTIFIED BUSINESS MANAGER EXAM PREPARATION

NASD EXAM FOR SERIES 6: PREPARATION GUIDE

NASD STOCKBROKER SERIES 7 EXAM: PREPARATION GUIDE

CBM EXAM PREPARATION GUIDE, PART 1, VOL. 1 AND 2, ONLINE VERSION

CBM EXAM PREPARATION GUIDE, PART 3, VOL. 5 AND 6, ONLINE VERSION

MASTER BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

CBM EXAM PREPARATION GUIDE, PART 2, VOL. 3 AND 4, ONLINE VERSION

(452 pages, Softbound)

MBA PRIMER ONLINE VOLUME 2

HUMAN RESOURCES PROFESSIONALS MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACKS

MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 100: GENERAL MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION

MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 200: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 800: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 900: CORPORATE CONTROL AND GOVERNANCE

MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 300: MARKETING MANAGEMENT

MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 1000: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Mann, Richard A. Roberts, Barry S.

MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 500: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 600: ACCOUNTING

MANAGEMENT EDUCATION TRACK 700: FINANCE

DECISION SCIENCE DECISION SCIENCE

PRINCIPLES OF OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT